Registration No. 333-220846

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM S-1/A

Amendment #1

 

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   284   47-4125218
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

  REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

The Office

9480 Telstar Avenue., Unit 5

El Monte, CA 90211

Telephone No.: (888) 638-8883

Email: info@reviv3.com

Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,

of registrant's principal executive offices)

 

The Corporation Trust Company

Corporation Trust Center

1209 Orange Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

Telephone No.: (302) 658-7581

Email: support@LLCagent.com

(Name, address, and telephone number of agent for service)

 

All Communications to:

William Eilers, Esq.

Eilers Law Group, P.A., P.A.

1000 Fifth Street

Suite 200 – P2

Miami Beach, FL 33139

Telephone No.: (786)273 - 9152

Approximate date of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable and from time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.  

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☒ 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐ 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐ 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box, and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer     ☐     Accelerated filer    ☐
Non-accelerated filer      ☐     Smaller reporting company   ☒
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)      
    Emerging growth company   ☒ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐ 

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

          Proposed     Proposed        
    Amount to     maximum     maximum        
    be     offering     aggregate     Amount of  
    registered     price per     offering     registration  
Title of each class of securities to be registered   (1)     unit (2)     price     fee (3)  
                                 
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (4)     3,590,532     $ 0.05   $ 179,526.60     $ 22.35  

  

(1) Estimated in accordance with Rule 457(a) of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(2) Until such time as our common shares are quoted on the OTCQB, the selling shareholders will sell their shares at the price of up to $0.05 per share. Once our common stock is quoted on OTCQB, the shares will be sold at prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices.

 

(3) Calculated under Section 6(b) of the Securities Act of 1933 as .0001245 of the aggregate offering price.

 

(4) Represents shares of the registrant's common stock being registered for resale that have been issued to the selling shareholders named in this registration statement. In accordance with Rule 416(a), this registration statement shall also cover an indeterminate number of shares that may be issued and resold resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.

 

We hereby amend this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay our effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED __, 2017

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

3,590,532 Shares of Common Stock

 

Selling shareholders are offering up to 3,590,532 shares of common stock.  The selling shareholders will offer their shares at up to $0.05 per share until our shares are quoted on the OTCQB and, assuming we secure this qualification, thereafter at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices.  We will not receive proceeds from the sale of shares from the selling shareholders.

 

There are no underwriting commissions involved in this offering. We have agreed to pay all the costs of this offering. Selling shareholders will pay no offering expenses.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our securities. Our common stock is not now listed on any national securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, and is not eligible to trade on the OTCQB. There is no guarantee that our securities will ever trade on the OTCQB or on any listed exchange.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”), and will therefore be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

This offering is highly speculative, and these securities involve a high degree of risk and should be considered only by persons who can afford the loss of their entire investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. This prospectus is included in the Registration Statement that was filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement becomes effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. 

 

The date of this prospectus is _______, 2017.

  

 

Table of Contents  

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

The following table of contents has been designed to help you find information contained in this prospectus. We encourage you to read the entire prospectus.

 

    Page
     
Summary Information   1
     
The Offering   18
     
Risk Factors   19
     
Use Of Proceeds   29
     
Determination Of Offering Price   30
     
Dilution   30
     
Selling Shareholders   30
     
Plan Of Distribution   32
     
Legal Proceedings   33
     
Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters, And Control Persons   34
     
Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners And Management   36
     
Description Of Securities   37
     
Interest Of Named Experts   38
     
Disclosure Of Commission Position On Indemnification For Securities Liabilities   38
     
Description Of Business  
     
Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations   38
     
Description of Property   42
     
Certain Relationships And Related Transactions   42
     
Market For Common Equity And Related Stockholder Matters   43
     
Executive Compensation   45
     
Changes In And Disagreements With Accountants On Accounting And Financial Disclosure   47
     
Financial Statements   F-1

   

We have not authorized any person to give you any supplemental information or to make any representations for us. You should not rely upon any information about our company that is not contained in this prospectus. Information contained in this prospectus may become stale. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement is accurate as of any date other than their respective dates, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus, any prospectus supplement or of any sale of the shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. The selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted.

 

i

Table of Contents  

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY INFORMATION

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our securities. You should read the entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes before making an investment decision.

 

You should carefully read all information in the prospectus, including the financial statements and their explanatory notes, under the Financial Statements prior to making an investment decision.

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

Organization

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY (“us”, “we”, “our”, “Reviv3 Procare”, “Reviv3”, or "the Company") is an emerging growth company, incorporated in the State of Delaware on May 21, 2015 as a reorganization of Reviv3 Procare, LLC, which was organized on July 31, 2013, in order to launch our hair and skin care product lines for direct sales and distribution in domestic and international markets. Our principal executive office is located at 9480 Telstar Avenue, El Monte, CA 91731. Our telephone number is (888) 638-8883. Our website is www.reviv3.com and is not part of this prospectus.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm has issued a “going concern” opinion on our company’s financial statements as of May 31, 2017 and management has concluded the same, meaning that we face uncertainties that our business will not succeed or be viable. Additionally, we will need additional capital or additional financing in the future, and if such financing is not available to us on acceptable terms our business may suffer or fail as a result. From June 1, 2016 to May 31, 2017, we have generated approximately $582,000 in gross revenues, but have a net loss of approximately ($539,000). Our ability to continue operations will require additional capital for the unforeseeable future even if current projections are met.

 

Business

 

Reviv3 Procare is engaged in the manufacturing, marketing, sale and distribution of professional quality hair and skin care products under various trademarks and brands, and has adopted and used the trademark products for distribution throughout the United States, Canada, Europe and Asia pursuant to the terms of 11 exclusive and non-exclusive distribution agreements with various parties throughout our targeted markets. We have 8 exclusive and 3 non-exclusive distribution agreements. Our exclusive agreements are based on geographic territories whereas inquiries and sales of our products for that region is directed to the distributor. As part of maintaining this exclusivity, the distributor is required to commit to certain minimum quantity purchases of our products. Nonexclusive distributors are not required to such minimum purchase requirements, however, there are no territories assigned to the distributor. Our manufacturing operations are outsourced and fulfilled through our co-packers and manufacturing partners. Currently, we produce 8 products with 14 separate sku’s and plan to expand our product lines over the next 12 months. We have no contractual obligations to our co-packers and manufacturers who provide product on a per order basis. We believe that we have sufficient options to limit any delays and disruptions in production, distribution, and delivery of our products.

 

The personal care product industry boasts roughly 750 companies that generate a combined annual revenue of more than $40 billion. The 50 largest companies comprise almost 70% of the entire revenue. Still, we believe the market will bear competition from small companies able to offer specialized products or cater to particular niche markets.

 

Makeup, deodorant, and nail products comprise 33% of health and beauty care industry revenue. Hair care products generate 25% of personal care product revenue, while creams and lotions comprise 21%. Perfumes, mouthwashes, shaving preparations, and other products make up the remaining revenue for beauty skin care product revenues.

 

  1  

Table of Contents  

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe our customers associate the Reviv3 brand as high-quality, premium hair and skin care products that incorporates vitamins and ingredients beneficial for healthy skin and hair. Our brand is reinforced by our selective distribution through high-end salons and spas. We do not sell products in mass market discount outlets which we believe allows us to further control our brand image.

 

Customer based Product Development. We regularly communicate with key customers and distribution partners throughout our research and development process of new products. We believe our size allows us to be highly agile in addressing the needs of our customers by addressing new products needs in the marketplace.

 

We believe our core values and corporate vision allows us to attract passionate and motivated employees and partners. We support our employees and associates with a unique performance oriented environment and encourage teamwork across all departments by cross training and workshop programs.

 

Products

 

Reviv3 Procare stands for skin health and benefits of healthy scalp and hair follicle. Currently, we sell our Reviv3 Procare hair and skincare products under the Reviv3 Procare brand which includes 8 distinct products. Our Reviv3 System is a series of products which are meant to be used together or stand-alone basis. The hair care products consists of PREP shampoo, PRIME conditioner, and TREAT maintenance care. We also sell an introductory kit which includes all three Reviv3 System products. In addition, we have products dedicated to hair treatment and repair. Currently we have 3 products in our treatment and repair line. BOOST is designed to deliver nutrients and increase circulation to the scalp, MEND Deep Hair Repair Mask for added moisture and PROTECT, a heat protectant product to prevent damage from irons and dryers. We also have a stand-alone Thickening Spray for giving hair more volume and body.

 

Recent additions to our products lines are our series of baby care products. We’ve recently created a baby shampoo, lotion, and body wash. These products will be sold under the brand LANU which we anticipate launching in January of 2018.

 

  2  

Table of Contents  

 

THE REVIV3 SYSTEM

 

PREP – Naturally Based Shampoo

 

PREP is a gentle sulfate-free daily cleanser/shampoo formulated with protein, vitamin complexes and nutrients to cleanse your scalp from excess oil buildup, environmental residue and toxins that collect on your scalp. PREP is sulfate-free, sodium chloride free, sodium benzoate free, and color safe. PREP is also designed to remove DHT build-up from the hair and scalp. PREP is formulated with herbal extracts, amino acids, and glycoprotein to promote hair strength and volume.

 

 

  3  

Table of Contents  

 

PRIME – Naturally based Moisture + Conditioner

 

PRIME Conditioner is a multi-protein, daily use scalp and hair conditioner formulated with botanical extracts, vitamins and peptides designed to moisturize and add elasticity to the scalp and hair. Key ingredients in our PRIME Conditioner are glycoprotein vitamin complex, rice protein and serenoa serrulata fruit extract.

 

 

  4  

Table of Contents  

 

TREAT

 

Reviv3 TREAT Micro Activ3 Treatment

 

Tri-Peptide complex designed to support nutrient uptake and improve microcirculation to the scalp.

 

 

  5  

Table of Contents  

 

TREATMENT AND REPAIR

 

BOOST provides a Tri-peptide complex consisting of Acetyl Tetrapeptide-3, Trifolim Pratense (clover) flower extract, biotinoyl Tripeptide-1 and Saw Palmetto. Boost is designed to increase microcirculation to the scalp and deliver vitamins and micronutrients to straighten hair follicles and enhance nutrient uptake.

 

 

MEND Deep Repair Hair Masque

 

MEND is a weightless, multi-protein enriched deep penetrating masque designed to strengthen, revive elasticity, repair damage, control frizz and limit chemical stress of all hair types while giving you shine and ease of styling. Formulated with actives to maintain scalp health and support nutrient uptake. MEND deep penetrating masque that strengthens chemically stressed hair, moisturizes, and revives elasticity and natural shine.

 

 

  6  

Table of Contents  

 

PROTECT Thermal Protector

 

PROTECT Thermal Protector is a leave-in conditioner and Thermal Protector spray that detangles and maintains the hair’s moisture and protein. Helps to restore vitality and shine, reduce fizziness and provides thermal protection from heat. Provides UV color protection. PROTECT provides thermal protection from heat styling of blow dryer, flat and curling irons. PROTECT improves moisture, without weight, detangles fine hair and repairs hair damage while increasing strength, while restoring vitality and shine.

 

 

Thickening Spray

 

Our Thickening Spray provides thickness and strength to your hair with no product build-up. Thickening Spray adds volume, texture and shine and is alcohol free. Formulated with actives to maintain scalp health and support nutrient uptake Provides UV color protection. Our Thickening Spray is alcohol free and promotes volume, body, and texture for thicker looking hair. We have also formulated the thickening Spray to provide UV color protection. As the spray is virtually weightless, there is little to no build-up.

 

 

  7  

Table of Contents  

 

Reviv3 VPro Exfoliate

 

Reviv3 Exfoliate is a professional use product sold exclusively to salons. Exfoliate is designed as an initial cleanse and exfoliation treatment for removal of excess dirt, oil, and residue. Exfoliate is sold in a 6-pack box for 6 separate treatments.

 

 

 

  8  

Table of Contents  

 

LANU

 

Our line of baby products in currently in the manufacturing process and consists of shampoo, body wash and body lotion. We will be marketing our baby care products under the brand LANU and anticipate launching all three products by January 2018 in United States, Canada, and Europe.

 

 

These represent our current product lines. However, we are currently developing two new lines that we believe will be launched for the fiscal year end. For more information on products in development, please see Research and Development, below.

 

Growth Strategy

 

Expansion of Distribution Channels . Our products are currently selling in various salons, spas and beauty supply stores in United States, Italy, Canada, and Malaysia primarily through regional distributors. Over time, we intend to expand our distribution channels domestically and in selected international markets which would offer attractive demographics.

 

Direct to Consumer . We intend to increase our direct to consumer revenues through sales of specifically developed products for the consumer market. LANU, our baby care product, is the first of such products. We intend to increase our baby care products as well as introducing other consumer oriented products in FY2018. 

 

Brand Awareness . We intend to increase our brand awareness and brand loyalty through marketing efforts and social media campaigns.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We currently hold four trademarks properly registered in their respective jurisdiction. Specifically, we hold a word mark for “Reviv3 Procare” issued on November 1, 2016 as well as trademark for our logo that was registered on October 20, 2015. We also have our original logo trademarked for the Reviv3 Procare brand registered on March 17, 2015. In addition, we have registered the name “Reviv3 Procare” in the Russian Federation, issued on June 13, 2017. We also have a trademark for “The Natural Revolution” with the USPTO. On August 17, 2017, we applied for the mark “Lanu” for our new product line, which application is currently pending.

 

We do not have any additional trademarks, but as we establish new product lines, we will immediately file for trademark protection. Our formulas are proprietary, but we have not yet taken steps to establish a patent for our processes, formulations, or products, generally.

 

  9  

Table of Contents  

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Currently, our sales and marketing teams are located in El Monte, California (Corporate Headquarters), Ft. Lee, New Jersey and Toronto, Canada. To date our sales strategy has been through the expansion of our network of local distributors, relying on on-site training of our distributor’s sales teams. As our new products are introduced to the marketplace, we intend using more traditional advertising models such as print ads as well as web based advertising. As we build on our name brand recognition, we intent to develop an internal e-commerce sales and support team to expand our market share in the specific direct to consumer product lines.

 

It is expected that more and more of the Senior Executive team time will be put into revenues generation efforts as the core team of the company grows and stabilizes in their ability to smoothly scale the company. This is expected to take place in the 2nd and 3rd quarter of fiscal year 2018.

 

As part of our overall marketing plan, besides traditional methods we intend to provide education to our customers through the use of videos and social media platforms. In addition to focusing on our product lines, we have set forth a mission for better awareness of hair and skin health. Specifically, we will focus on three distinct areas 1) industry training, 2) consumer education and 3) beauty expert endorsements.

 

Regarding industry training, our goal is to educate service providers and beauty professionals on the benefits of not only our products, but best practices for general health and skin care. We also want to establish protocols for application, use and assessment. We believe our products are only as good as their intended use and part of an everyday healthy regimen.

 

We strive to educate our customers, and even those who don’t use our products, on a) the effects of the surrounding environment, b) the effects of various treatments and process in the beauty industry; c) how what we consume may affect our skin and hair.

 

Through these direct interactions and mantras, we intend to increase our brand and develop a captive audience and on-going dialogue with our customers.

 

Manufacturing and Distribution

 

All manufacturing of Reviv3 Procare products are performed by co-packers and contract manufacturers. Our contract manufacturers are required to produce our products under the following standards:

 

GMP Drug Manufacturing & ISO 22716 Compliance.
     
Compliance with USP and PCPC microbiology standards and guidelines.
     
Onsite validated Microbiology Lab.
     
Full Stability Testing of original formulation and each subsequent batch.
     
Quality control and inspection at each phase of manufacturing and production processes.

 

We have no exclusive agreement with any given manufacturer or co-packer, which helps mitigate risk associated with third party delays, failures, or shut downs. Currently, these partners operate in California. So long as the manufacturers and co-packers meet our manufacturing standards, we may explore additional manufacturing and co-packing partners for regional operations depending on market demands and logistical costs.

 

We use approximately 130 different raw materials to produce our products. Our raw materials are generally regarded as industry standard ingredients and are available from multiple manufacturers or distributors. Currently there are no ingredients or principal supplier of raw material that make up a significant portion of any one product. We do not rely on any single manufacturer or supplier for our raw materials.

 

For customer direct sales, the products are delivered directly from our warehouse to the customer. As our direct to consumer sales grow, management will explore regional warehousing and distribution where demand requires.

 

  10  

Table of Contents  

 

Customers and Market

 

The beauty industry is known to be resilient during economic downturns - even faring well during the Great Recession of 2008. Though consumers tend to be more price conscious during those times, they do not stop spending. So, in today’s environment of rising per capita incomes the beauty business is booming. 

 

In 2015 the industry generated $56.2 billion in the United States. Hair care is the largest segment with 86,000 locations. Skin care is a close second and growing fast, expected to have revenue of almost $11 billion by 2018. This growth is being driven in part by a generally increasing awareness of the importance of skin care, but also specifically due to an increase in the market for men.

 

US Beauty Industry Segment   Market Share by Revenue  
Hair care     24 %
Skin care     23.7 %
Cosmetics     14.6 %
Perfumes and colognes     9.5 %
Deodorants, antiperspirant, feminine cleaning     8.5 %
Oral hygiene     5.6 %
Other     14.1 %

 

The major driving forces in the market are outlined below:

 

Organic products & products produced in a sustainable (environmentally conscious) manner. Certainly, a niche market for many years, but greater availability of information about the benefits - personal or global - are driving increased growth.

 

Products and services focused on our aging population. Said plainly - we have a large retired/retiring population, and many of them have money to spend.

 

Products and services focused on babies and young children. This is frequently related to the organic/sustainable movement above. In particular, millennial moms are willing to pay a premium to make sure their kids have the proper skin protection.

 

Men’s product and services - this trend is still relatively new but is expected to drive growth for years to come.

 

The global market for personal care products is expected to increase between 3.5 and 4.5 percent over the next five years, with a total market value of US$500 billion by 2020. [Growth of global ingredients market outpaces personal care industry, Transparency Market Research, Dec 2015 http://www.transparencymarketresearch.com/pressrelease/organic-personal-care-products.htm ]

 

Beauty and personal care is a US$465 billion industry globally* Source: The Future of Personal Care in the Globe Asia Pacific, Euromonitor, 2015

 

Global skin care alone is a US$111 billion market, making up 28% of Beauty and Personal Care sales: www.linkedin.com/pulse/how-consumers-shop-anti-aging-skin-care-market-trends-michelle-skelly

 

Asia Pacific represents the largest share (29%) of the global personal care products market, with sales fueled mainly by population growth, urbanization, and increased per capita spending power. Europe occupies second place, followed by North America. [Asia Pacific to Continue Personal Care Ingredients Market Dominance, Global Market to Reach $11.76 billion by 2023, press release, Europlat.org, http://www.europlat.org/asia-pacific-to-continue-personal-care-ingredients-market-dominance-global-market-to-reach-us11-76-bn-by-2023.htm ]

 

US Beauty Industry Size - $56.2 Billion (2015) [Beauty Industry Analysis 2017]

 

o Hair care       24% ($13.5 Billion)

 

o Skin care       23.7% ($13.4 Billion)

 

Currently, four customers represented 70% of our net sales during the year ended May 31, 2017 and three customers represented 48% of our net sales during the year ended May 31, 2016. For the three months ended August 31, 2017, 47% of our net sales were derived from two customers. With greater focus on Asian markets, we believe we will continue to expand our number and diversify our customer base.

 

  11  

Table of Contents  

 

US Personal Care Market [Business.com 2_22_17]

 

o $40 billion

 

§ Approx. 750 companies in the segment

 

§ 50 largest companies generate almost 70% of entire revenue

 

Global Organic Personal Care Market http://www.grandviewresearch.com/industry-analysis/organic-personal-care-market

 

o

Current Size – $10.16 billion in 2015. [Organic Personal Care Market Size and Forecast by Product and Trend Analysis from 2014-2025]

 

o Poised to Grow @ a CAGR of 9.8% over the next decade to reach approximately $25.7 billion by 2025

 

According to recent reports, the global organic personal care market is growing at an annual rate of almost 10 percent, with expectations of a market valued at US$15.98 billion by 2020. [Organic Personal Care Market Analysis by Product (Skin Care, Hair Care, Oral Care, Cosmetics) and Segment Forecasts to 2020, Grand View Research, 2015]

 

Luxury Haircare Market (USA ONLY)

 

o Current Size – $459.6 Million (2016)

 

Global Alopecia (Hair Loss) Market $7.3 Billion (USD) in 2015 http://www.grandviewresearch.com/industry-analysis/alopecia-market

 

o Topical Treatment accounted for over $2.8 Billion (38.4%)

 

o Woman accounted for $4.03 Billion (55.2%)

 

o N. America accounted for $2.49 Billion (34.1%)

 

o Asia Pacific is expected to grow at a lucrative CAGR of 5.3% over the coming eight years.

 

 

Our Advantage

 

Operational advantages

 

We believe our operational advantages are found in our Product Development Team’s experience in creating high quality personal care products.

 

Technological advantages

 

Over the past 2 years we have worked with various chemists and formulators to develop unique and diverse products utilizing botanical and natural active ingredients. Our products uniqueness is grounded in:

 

o how we combine well-known and tested ingredients, and

 

o research and testing in the compounding processes

 

  12  

Table of Contents  

 

Our products do not contain pharmaceutical ingredients such as Minoxidil, which in some cases create adverse side effects to users.

 

Cost advantage

 

Our in-house design team creates all product packaging designs and marketing materials. We use third party manufacturing facilities to produce our products. Reviv3 Procare products are primarily natural/botanical products that do not contain any pharmaceuticals, our products don’t have to be ingested, nor do they require any invasive procedures.

 

Customer Service – Return Policies

 

Return Policy – B2C

We provide a 30-day money back guarantee on any product bought directly from our website, or any digital purchase that is done directly from Reviv3 Procare or a site controlled by Reviv3 Procare (e.g. Professional Amazon Store). We offer full refunds to consumers who are not satisfied with our products for any reason within this period. The refund does not include any upgraded or international shipping charges paid.

 

Return Policy – B2B

Any product ordered and received by a business (distributor and/or retailer) is guaranteed to arrive in New Condition. Any product received by our distributors in a damaged state, and it is determined to be the fault of Reviv3 Procare and not of the shipping company is offered the option of having replacement product shipped to them in the same manner the original product was shipped at no charge, or to have a credit applied to their account for the full amount of the damaged product. For the return and refund to be granted the business may be asked to provide pictures of the damaged product, and/or to return the damaged product at their cost to Reviv3 Procare facility.

 

Based on historical data we do not anticipate the cost of returns to be a significant percent of our total sales.

 

Competition

 

Hair care and cosmetics markets are highly competitive and although there are many companies offering similar products in the market today, we believe we are able to compete directly with these companies and products by offering quality products which will distinguish our performance and develop brand loyalty.

 

Top Brands/Market Leaders

 

Nioxin: https://www.nioxin.com/en-US

 

PhytoWorx

 

Keranique: https://keranique.com/scalp-stimulating-shampoo-for-thinning-hair?AFID=282&gclid=CM_xkJLq99ICFQJrfgodP0QL_A

 

Ultrax Labs: https://ultraxlabs.com/products/hair-surge-shampoo

 

Large Names

 

Aveda Invati: http://www.aveda.com/hair-care/invati-thinning-hair-solutions

 

Propecia (Merck & Co.) http://www.merck.com/product/usa/pi_circulars/p/propecia/propecia_ppi.pdf

 

Bosley: https://www.bosley.com / (Organic/Minoxidil)

 

Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories – Mintop: http://www.mintop.in/ (Minoxidil)

 

Other Competitors

 

Lipogaine: http://www.lipogaine.com/lipogaine-big-3-shampoo/

 

Mediceutical Labs: http://www.mediceuticallabs.com/products/

 

Just Natural: http://www.justnaturalskincare.com/hair-loss/shampoo-hair-loss.html

 

Revita: https://www.dslaboratories.com/revita

 

Majestic Pure: https://majesticpure.com/collections/hair-care

 

Zenagen: http://www.zenagen.com/

 

  13  

Table of Contents  

 

Kevin Murphy: http://kevinmurphy.com.au/

 

PURA D'OR https://www.purador.com/

 

Procerin
FoliRevita
Kroning's Signature
Neugaine
Hairgenics

 

Strengths and weaknesses of each competitor

 

We believe consumers are seeking alternatives to pharmaceutical based products which may cause undesirable side effects. Although the market has many all-natural products, there are few companies that dedicate their line of products to high quality and costly ingredients.

 

 

This chart provides a visualization of where we believe Reviv3 products fit into the market compared to our competition in regards to 2 factors, 1) all-natural products and 2) intervention, or repairing versus maintenance.

 

  14  

Table of Contents  

 

 

This chart provides a visualization of where we believe Reviv3 products fit into the market compared to our competition in regards to 2 factors, 1) pricing and 2) salon only sales versus mass market sales.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

There are currently no ongoing or threatened legal proceedings for the Company or any of its officers and directors.

 

Research and Development

 

Currently Reviv3 Procare is in the process of developing and launching two new lines:

 

Lanu (Brand Name):

 

Our baby products are created with focus on non-irritant ingredients for gentle cleansing, hydration, and avoidance of harsh chemicals. Our initial line will include the Lanu Baby Shampoo, Lanu Ultra-Mild Moisturizing Body Wash and

 

Lanu Moisturizing Body Lotion.

 

Lanu Ultra-Mild Tear-Free Shampoo

 

Our shampoo is made of a natural blend of ingredients specifically designed to be gentle, fragrance free, moisturizing, and non-drying. Lanu contains no sulfates or parabens and is not tested on animals.

 

Lanu Ultra-Mild Moisturizing Body Wash

 

Our body wash is created from a natural blend of ingredients designed to be gentle and nourishing to your child’s skin during cleansing. Lanu contains no sulfates or parabens and not tested on animals.

 

  15  

Table of Contents  

 

Lanu Moisturizing Body Lotion

 

Our body lotion is created from a natural blend of ingredients designed to maintain skin’s natural balance. Contains no sulfates, parabens and not tested on animals.

 

Gentle & Tear-Free

 

Hypoallergenic

 

Sulfate Free

 

Moisturizing & Soothing

 

pH Balanced - won’t dry out sensitive skin!

 

Paraben free

 

No tears

 

Contains Aloe to moisturize and soften skin

 

Not tested on animals and no animal by-products.

 

Governmental Regulations and Certifications

 

Personnel

 

Full-time Employees

 

We currently have 8 full time employees, including our officers and directors. There are no formal employment agreements in place.

 

Consultants

 

We have currently engaged 6 individuals as outside consultants for sales, marketing and design. No formal agreements are in place. We are an emerging growth company and are in the continued process of developing our products. Although we have generated more than $500,000 in gross revenues for the year ended May 31, 2017, we cannot ensure continued revenues and growth. We have an accumulated deficit and have incurred operating losses since our inception and expect losses to continue during fiscal year 2018. Our independent registered public accounting firm has indicated in their Report that these conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

Our corporate website is http://reviv3.com. Nothing on our website is a part of this prospectus.

 

The terms "Our Company" "we," "us" and "our" as used in this prospectus refer to REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY.

 

Emerging Growth Company

 

We are an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. We shall continue to be deemed an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

 

  a) the last day of the fiscal year of the issuer during which it had total annual gross revenues of $1,000,000,000 (as such amount is indexed for inflation every five (5) years by the Commission to reflect the change in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, setting the threshold to the nearest 1,000,000) or more;

 

  b) the last day of the fiscal year of the issuer following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the issuer pursuant to an effective IPO registration statement;

 

  c) the date on which such issuer has, during the previous three (3) year period, issued more than $1,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt; or

 

  d) the date on which such issuer is deemed to be a ‘large accelerated filer’, as defined in section 240.12b-2 of title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, or any successor thereto.

 

  16  

Table of Contents  

 

As an emerging growth company, we are exempt from Section 404(b) of Sarbanes Oxley. Section 404(a) requires Issuers to publish information in their annual reports concerning the scope and adequacy of the internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting. This statement shall also assess the effectiveness of such internal controls and procedures. Section 404(b) requires that the registered accounting firm shall, in the same report, attest to and report on the assessment and the effectiveness of the internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting.

 

We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(2) of the JOBS Act, that allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

 

The Offering

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we had 40,505,047 shares of common stock outstanding.

 

Selling shareholders are offering up to 3,590,532 shares of common stock. The selling shareholders will offer their shares at up to $0.05 per share until our shares are quoted on the OTCQB and thereafter at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices.

 

We will pay all expenses of registering the securities, estimated at approximately $40,000.00. We will not receive any proceeds of the sale of these securities.

 

To be quoted on the OTCQB, a market maker must file an application on our behalf in order to make a market for our common stock. The current absence of a public market for our common stock may make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock that you own.

 

Financial Summary

 

Because this is only a financial summary, it does not contain all the financial information that may be important to you. Therefore, you should carefully read all the information in this prospectus, including the financial statements and their explanatory notes before making an investment decision.

 

The tables and information below are derived from our audited financial statements for the period from May 31, 2016 to May 31, 2017

 

Balance Sheets
REVIV3 Procare Company
 
    31 May
2017
    31 May
2016
 
             
Assets            
                 
Total Cash and Cash Equivalents   $ 416,873     $ 369,696  
                 
Total Current Assets   $ 613,594     $ 694,101  
                 
Total Property, Plant and Equipment   $ 7,255     $ 3,183  
                 
Total Other Non-current Assets   $ 14,849     $ 9,455  
                 
Total Assets   $ 635,698     $ 697,284  
                 
Liabilities and Equity                
                 
Total Liabilities   $ 83,214     $ 65.243  
                 
Total Equity   $ 552,484     $ 632,041  
                 
Total Liabilities and Equity   $ 635,698     $ 697,284  

 

  17  

Table of Contents  

 

Statements of Operations
REVIV3 Procare Company
For the years ended
             
    May 31,
2017
    May 31,
2016
 
             
Total Revenue   $ 582,005     $ 475,756  
                 
Total Cost of Sales   $ 281,579     $ 278,347  
                 
Gross Profit   $ 300,426     $ 197,409  
                 
Operating Expenses   $ 838,632     $ 912,089  
                 
Total Other Income and Expense   $ (571 ) $ (58,978 )
                 
Net Income  / (Loss) before Tax   $ (538,777 )   $ (773,658 )
                 
Net Loss   $ (538,777 )   $ (773,658 )
                 
Total Comprehensive Loss   $ (538,777 )   $ (773,658 )

 

THE OFFERING

 

Shares of common stock offered by selling shareholders:   3,590,532
     
Shares of common stock outstanding before the offering:   40,505,047
     
Shares of common stock outstanding after the offering:   40,505,047
     
Terms of the offering:   The selling shareholders will determine when and how they will sell the securities offered in this prospectus.
     
Trading Market:   There is currently no trading market for our common stock. We intend to apply soon for quotation on the OTCQB. We will require the assistance of a market-maker to apply for quotation and there is no guarantee that a market-maker will agree to assist us.
     
Use of proceeds:   We will not receive proceeds from the resale of shares by the selling shareholders.
     
Risk Factors:   The common stock offered hereby involves a high degree of risk and should not be purchased by investors who cannot afford the loss of their entire investment. See "Risk Factors" below.

 

  18  

Table of Contents  

 

RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the risks described below together with all of the other information included in this prospectus before making an investment decision with regard to our securities. The statements contained in or incorporated herein that are not historic facts are forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in or implied by forward-looking statements. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be harmed. In that case, you may lose all or part of your investment. In addition to the other information provided in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following risk factors in evaluating our business before purchasing any of our common stock.

 

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition

  

We have generated minimal revenues from operations, which makes it difficult for us to evaluate our future business prospects and make decisions based on those estimates of our future performance.

 

As of May 31, 2017, we had generated insufficient revenues. As a consequence, it is difficult, if not impossible, to forecast our future results based upon our historical data. Our projections are based upon our best estimates on future growth. Because of the related uncertainties, we may be hindered in our ability to anticipate and timely adapt to increases or decreases in sales, revenues, or expenses. If we make poor budgetary decisions as a result of unreliable data, we may never become profitable or incur losses, which may result in a decline in our stock price.

 

There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern and if we are unable to generate significant revenue or secure additional financing we may be unable to implement our business plan and grow our business.

 

We are an emerging growth company and are in the process of selling and developing our products. Consequently, we have not generated enough revenues as of the date of this prospectus. We have an accumulated deficit and have incurred operating losses since our inception and expect losses to continue during the remainder of fiscal 2018. Our independent registered public accounting firm has indicated in their report that these conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for a period of 12 months from the issuance date of this report. The continuation of our business as a going concern is dependent upon the continued financial support from our stockholders.

 

There is uncertainty regarding our ability to grow our business to a greater extent than we can with our existing financial resources, also described above, without additional financing. We have no agreements, commitments, or understandings to secure additional financing at this time. Our long-term future growth and success is dependent upon our ability to continue selling our products and services, generate cash from operating activities and obtain additional financing. There is no assurance that we will be able to continue selling our products and services, generate sufficient cash from operations, sell additional shares of common stock or borrow additional funds. Our inability to obtain additional cash could have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow our business to a greater extent than we can with our existing financial resources, also described above.

 

  19  

Table of Contents  

 

Expenses required to operate as a public company will reduce funds available to implement our business plan and could negatively affect our stock price and adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.

 

Operating as a public company is more expensive than operating as a private company, including additional funds required to obtain outside assistance from legal, accounting, investor relations, or other professionals that could be costlier than planned. We may also be required to hire additional staff to comply with additional SEC reporting requirements. We anticipate that the cost of SEC reporting will be approximately $60,000 annually. Our failure to comply with reporting requirements and other provisions of securities laws could negatively affect our stock price and adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow and financial condition. If we fail to meet these requirements, we will be unable to secure a qualification for quotation of our securities on the OTCQB, or if we have secured a qualification, we may lose the qualification and our securities would no longer trade on the OTCQB. Further, if we fail to meet these obligations and consequently fail to satisfy our SEC reporting obligations, investors will then own stock in a company that does not provide the disclosure available in quarterly, annual reports and other required SEC reports that would be otherwise publicly available leading to increased difficulty in selling their stock due to our becoming a non-reporting issuer.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

We rely on our Chief Executive Officer and a limited number of other key senior officers to operate our business. The loss of any of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

The loss of our Chief Executive Officer or any of our key senior officers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, particularly if we are unable to hire or relocate and integrate suitable replacements on a timely basis or at all. Further, in order to continue to grow our business, we will need to expand our senior management team. We may be unable to attract or retain these persons. This could hinder our ability to grow our business and could disrupt our operations or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

The current ownership of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with our Chief Executive Officer and his family, and our other executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates; this limits our other stockholders’ and your ability to influence corporate matters.

 

55.16% of our common stock and all voting rights are currently controlled by our Director and Chief Executive Officer, Jeff Toghraie and his brother Mr. Max Toghraie. Specifically, Jeff Toghraie is the manager of Intrepid Global Advisors which holds 23.04%, Max Toghraie is the manager of Shircoo, Inc. which holds 32.12%. As a result of this concentration of voting power, Mr. Jeff Toghraie will have significant influence over the management and affairs of the Company and control over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as mergers or other sales of the Company or our assets, for the foreseeable future. This concentration of voting control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock once a market is established.

 

Our director and officer, Jeff Toghraie will control and make corporate decisions that may differ from those that might be made by the other shareholders.

 

Due to the controlling amount of their share ownership in our Company, Jeff Toghraie and his family will have a significant influence in determining the outcome of all corporate transactions, including the power to prevent or cause a change in control. His interests may differ from the interests of other stockholders and thus result in corporate decisions that are disadvantageous to other shareholders.

 

Our ability to deliver products to our customers in a timely manner and to satisfy our customers’ fulfillment standards are subject to several factors, some of which are beyond our control .

 

Retailers place great emphasis on timely delivery of our products for specific selling seasons, especially during our third fiscal quarter, and on the fulfillment of consumer demand throughout the year. We cannot control all of the various factors that might affect product delivery to retailers. Vendor production delays, difficulties encountered in shipping from overseas, customs clearance delays, and operational issues with any of the third-party logistics providers we use in certain countries are on-going risks of our business. We also rely upon third-party carriers for our product shipments from our distribution centers to customers. In certain circumstances, we rely on the shipping arrangements our suppliers have made in the case of products shipped directly to retailers from the suppliers. Accordingly, we are subject to risks, including labor disputes, inclement weather, natural disasters, possible acts of terrorism, availability of shipping containers, and increased security restrictions associated with such carriers’ ability to provide delivery services to meet our shipping needs. Failure to deliver products to our retailers in a timely and effective manner, often under special vendor requirements to use specific carriers and delivery schedules, could damage our reputation and brands and result in loss of customers or reduced orders.

 

Large sophisticated customers may take actions that adversely affect our gross profit and results of operations.

 

In recent years, we have observed a consumer trend away from traditional grocery and drugstore channels and toward mass merchandisers, which includes super centers and warehouse club stores.  In addition, the growth in internet sales both by large traditional retailers and pure online retailers such as Amazon.com has begun to reach a critical mass. This trend has resulted in the increased size and influence of these types of customers. Additionally, certain of these customers source and sell products under their own private label brands that compete with our products.  As certain large customers and online retailers grow even larger and become more sophisticated, they may continue to demand lower pricing, special packaging, shorter lead times for the delivery of products, smaller more frequent shipments, or impose other requirements on product suppliers.  These business demands may relate to inventory practices, logistics or other aspects of the customer-supplier relationship.  If we do not effectively respond to these demands, these customers could decrease their purchases from us.  A reduction in the demand for our products by these customers and the costs of complying with their business demands could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

  20  

Table of Contents  

 

We are subject to risks related to our dependence on the strength of retail economies and may be vulnerable in the event of a prolonged economic downturn.

 

Our business depends on the strength of the retail economies in various parts of the world, primarily in North America and to a lesser extent Europe, Asia, and Latin America. These retail economies are affected primarily by factors such as consumer demand and the condition of the retail industry, which, in turn, are affected by general economic conditions and specific events such as natural disasters, terrorist attacks and political unrest.  Consumer spending in any geographic region is generally affected by a number of factors, including local economic conditions, government actions, inflation, interest rates, energy costs, unemployment rates, gasoline prices and consumer confidence, all of which are beyond our control.  Consumer purchases of discretionary items tend to decline during recessionary periods, when disposable income is lower, and may impact sales of our products. As a result of a prolonged recovery from the most recent global recession, many consumers have less money for discretionary purchases as a result of job losses, foreclosures, bankruptcies, reduced access to credit, recent increases in U.S. payroll and income taxes, the expiration of extended unemployment and food stamp benefits in the U.S. and similar such government program curtailments in certain European countries, a lack of clarity for many U.S. consumers regarding their personal health care costs, and slow-to-recover housing prices, among other things.  The modest and protracted recovery from the recession in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Mexico, or any of the other countries in which we conduct significant business may continue to cause significant readjustments in both the volume and mix of our product sales, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

The impact of these external factors and the extent to which they may continue is difficult to predict, and one or more of the factors could adversely impact our business. In recent years, the retail industry in the U.S., and increasingly elsewhere, has been characterized by intense competition among retailers and the growth in internet sales both by traditional retailers and pure online retailers such as Amazon.com. Because such competition, particularly when weak retail economies exist, can cause retailers to struggle or fail, we must continuously monitor, and adapt to changes in, the profitability, creditworthiness, and pricing policies of our customers.  A deterioration of any of our key retail economies, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Our operating results may be adversely affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

 

Our functional currency is the U.S. Dollar. Changes in the relation of other foreign currencies to the U.S. Dollar will affect our sales and profitability and can result in exchange losses because the Company has customers and sales channels outside the United States.  Such transactions include sales, certain inventory purchases and operating expenses.  Accordingly, foreign operations will continue to expose us to foreign currency fluctuations, both for purposes of actual conversion and financial reporting purposes.  Additionally, we purchase a substantial amount of our products from Chinese manufacturers. During fiscal years 2016 and 2015, the Chinese Renminbi depreciated against the U.S. Dollar. However, recent trends show the Renminbi appreciating against the U.S. Dollar. Although our purchases from China are in U.S. Dollars, if the Chinese Renminbi continues to appreciate against the U.S. Dollar, the costs of our products will likely rise over time because of the impact the fluctuations will have on our suppliers, and we may not be able to pass on any or all of these price increases to our customers.

 

The impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our results of operations cannot be accurately predicted.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that U.S. Dollar foreign exchange rates will be stable in the future or that fluctuations in foreign currency markets will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

We are dependent on third-party manufacturers, most of which are located in the Far East, and any inability to obtain products from such manufacturers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

All of our products are manufactured by unaffiliated companies, most of which are in the Far East, principally in China.  This concentration exposes us to risks associated with doing business globally, including: changing international political relations; labor availability and cost; changes in laws, including tax laws, regulations and treaties; changes in labor laws, regulations and policies; changes in customs duties and other trade barriers; changes in shipping costs; currency exchange fluctuations; local political unrest; an extended and complex transportation cycle; the impact of changing economic conditions; and the availability and cost of raw materials and merchandise.  The political, legal, and cultural environment in the Far East is rapidly evolving, and any change that impairs our ability to obtain products from manufacturers in that region, or to obtain products at marketable rates, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

  21  

Table of Contents  

 

With most of our manufacturers located in the Far East, our production lead times are relatively long. Therefore, we must commit to production in advance of customer orders. If we fail to forecast customer or consumer demand accurately, we may encounter difficulties in filling customer orders on a timely basis or in liquidating excess inventories.  Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Historically, labor in China has been readily available at relatively low cost as compared to labor costs in North America, Europe, and other countries.  China has experienced rapid social, political, and economic change in recent years. There is no assurance labor will continue to be available in China at costs consistent with historical levels or that changes in labor or other laws will not be enacted which would have a material adverse effect on the cost of products manufactured in China.  Many of our suppliers in China continue to experience labor shortages, which could result in future supply delays and disruptions and have resulted in a substantial increase in labor costs over the last three fiscal years.  Similarly, evolving government labor regulations and associated compliance standards could cause our product costs to rise or could cause manufacturing partners we rely on to exit the business.  This could have an adverse impact on product availability and quality.  The Chinese economy has experienced rapid expansion and highly fluctuating rates of inflation.  Higher general inflation rates will require manufacturers to continue to seek increased product prices.  During fiscal years 2014 and 2012, the Chinese Renminbi appreciated against the U.S. Dollar approximately 3 and 4 percent, respectively.  During fiscal year 2013, the Chinese Renminbi remained relatively flat against the U.S. Dollar. If the Chinese Renminbi appreciates with respect to the U.S. Dollar in the future, the Company may experience cost increases on such purchases, and this can adversely impact profitability. Future interventions by China may result in further currency appreciation and increase our product costs over time.  The Company may not be successful at implementing customer pricing or other actions in an effort to mitigate the related effects of the product cost increases.  Although China currently enjoys “most favored nation” trading status with the U.S., the U.S. government has in the past proposed to revoke such status and to impose higher tariffs on products imported from China. There is no assurance that our business will not be affected by any of the aforementioned risks, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

High costs of raw materials and energy may result in increased cost of goods sold and certain operating expenses and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flow.

 

Significant variations in the costs and availability of raw materials and energy may negatively affect our results of operations.  Our suppliers purchase significant amounts of metals and plastics to manufacture our products. In addition, they also purchase significant amounts of electricity to supply the energy required in their production processes.  Changes in the cost of fuel as a result of Middle East tensions and related political instabilities may continue to drive up fuel prices resulting in higher transportation prices and product costs.  The cost of these raw materials and energy, in the aggregate, represents a significant portion of our cost of goods sold and certain operating expenses.  Our results of operations could be adversely affected by future increases in these costs.  We have had some success in implementing price increases to our customers or passing on product cost increases by moving customers to newer products with enhancements that justify higher prices, and we intend to continue these efforts.  We can make no assurances that these efforts will be successful in the future or will materially offset the cost increases we may incur.

 

Our projections of product demand, sales and net income are highly subjective in nature and our future sales and net income could vary in a material amount from our projections.

 

From time to time, we may provide projections to our shareholders, lenders, investment community, and other stakeholders of our future sales and net income.  Since we do not require long-term purchase commitments from our major customers and the customer order and ship process is very short, it is difficult for us to accurately predict the demand for many of our products, or the amount and timing of our future sales and related net income.  Our projections are based on management’s best estimate of sales using historical sales data and other information deemed relevant.  These projections are highly subjective since sales to our customers can fluctuate substantially based on the demands of their retail customers and due to other risks described herein. Additionally, changes in retailer inventory management strategies could make our inventory management more difficult. Because our ability to forecast product demand and the timing of related sales includes significant subjective input, our future sales and net income could vary materially from our projections.

 

  22  

Table of Contents  

 

To compete successfully, we must develop and introduce a continuing stream of innovative new products to meet changing consumer preferences.

 

Our long-term success in the competitive retail environment depends on our ability to develop and commercialize a continuing stream of innovative new products that meet changing consumer preferences and take advantage of opportunities sooner than our competition. We face the risk that our competitors will introduce innovative new products that compete with our products. Our core initiatives include fostering our culture of innovation and new product development, enhancing, and extending our existing product categories and developing new allied product categories.  There are numerous uncertainties inherent in successfully developing and commercializing new products on a continuing basis and new product launches may not deliver expected growth in sales or operating income. If we are unable to develop and introduce a continuing stream of new products, it may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Our operating results may be adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, expropriations, and other risks associated with foreign operations.

 

The economies of foreign countries important to our operations, including countries in Asia, Europe, and Latin America, could suffer slower economic growth or economic, social, and / or political instability or hyperinflation in the future. Our international operations in countries in Asia, Europe, and Latin America, including manufacturing and sourcing operations (and the international operations of our customers), are subject to inherent risks which could adversely affect us, including, among other things:

 

protectionist policies restricting or impairing the manufacturing, sales or import and export of our products;

 

new restrictions on access to markets;

 

lack of developed infrastructure;

 

inflation (including hyperinflation) or recession;

 

changes in, and the burdens and costs of compliance with, a variety of foreign laws and regulations, including tax laws, accounting standards, environmental laws and occupational health and safety laws;

 

social, political, or economic instability;

 

acts of war and terrorism;

 

natural disasters or other crises;

 

reduced protection of intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

increases in duties and taxation;

 

restrictions on transfer of funds or exchange of currencies;

 

currency devaluations;

 

expropriation of assets; and

 

other adverse changes in policies, including monetary, tax or lending policies, encouraging foreign investment or foreign trade by our host countries.

 

  23  

Table of Contents  

 

Should any of these events occur, our ability to sell or export our products or repatriate profits could be impaired, we could experience a loss of sales and profitability from our international operations, and / or we could experience a substantial impairment or loss of assets, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Information security breaches and any related operational interruptions could have a material adverse effect on our operations and profitability.

 

Information systems require constant updates to their security policies and hardware systems to reduce the risk of unauthorized access, malicious destruction of data or information theft.  We rely on commercially available systems, software, tools, and monitoring to provide security for processing, transmission, and storage of confidential information.  Improper activities by third parties, advances in computer and software capabilities and encryption technology, new tools and discoveries and other events or developments may facilitate or result in a compromise or breach of our computer systems, some of which may go undetected for extended periods.

 

Any such compromise or breach could cause interruptions in our operations, damage to our reputation and might require us to spend significant management time and money investigating the event and dealing with local and federal law enforcement.  In addition, we could become the subject of litigation and various claims from our customers, employees, suppliers, service providers, and shareholders. Regardless of the merits and ultimate outcome of these matters, litigation and proceedings of this type are expensive to respond to and defend, and we could be forced to devote substantial resources and time responding to and defending them, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Potential changes in laws, including tax laws, and the costs and complexities of compliance with such laws could have an adverse impact on our business.

 

The impact of future legislation in the U.S. or abroad, including such things as employment and health insurance laws, climate change related legislation, tax legislation, regulations, or treaties, including any that would affect the companies or subsidiaries that comprise our consolidated group, is always uncertain. The U.S. Congress continues to consider certain proposed changes in the tax laws, and new energy and environmental legislation that, if enacted, may increase our costs of doing business.

 

We rely on third-party delivery services to deliver our products to our customers on a timely and consistent basis, and any deterioration in our relationship with any one of these third parties or increases in the fees that they charge could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

We rely on third parties for the shipment and delivery of our products and we cannot be sure that we will have relationships with these third parties on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. Shipping costs may increase over time, which could harm our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations by increasing our costs of doing business and resulting in reduced gross margins. In addition, if our relationships with these third parties are terminated or impaired, or if these third parties are unable to deliver products for us, whether due to labor shortage, slow down or stoppage, deteriorating financial or business condition, responses to terrorist attacks or for any other reason, we would be required to locate alternative carriers for the shipment of products to our customers. Changing carriers could have a negative effect on our business and operating results due to package tracking and delays in order processing and product delivery. We could be unable to engage alternative carriers on a timely basis, upon terms favorable to us, or at all.

 

Our product design and technology are not protected by intellectual property right in the U.S.

 

Our success will depend in part on our ability to protect our proprietary rights. Although we have trademarked our logo and name, the products that we sell are not currently protected by any patent or other intellectual property rights in the U.S. or abroad. The products are produced and manufactured by third parties and include ingredients that may not be unique to our products. As a result, the design and technical features of our products are vulnerable to being copied or imitated by U.S. and, potentially, international competitors. Our competitors may have or develop equivalent or superior manufacturing and design skills, and may develop an enhancement that will be patentable or otherwise protected from duplication by others. These events could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

 

  24  

Table of Contents  

 

Our international operations will require us to obtain financing in various jurisdictions.

 

We will operate in the United States and other foreign countries, which creates financing challenges. These challenges include navigating local legal and regulatory requirements associated with obtaining debt or equity financing in the respective foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. In the event that we are not able to obtain financing on satisfactory terms in any of these jurisdictions, it could significantly impair its ability to run its foreign operations on a cost-effective basis or to grow such operations. Failure to manage such challenges may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

International sales and operations are subject to applicable laws relating to trade, export controls and foreign corrupt practices, the violation of which could adversely affect operations.

 

We will comply with all applicable international trade, customs, export controls, and economic sanctions laws and regulations of the United States and other countries. We are also subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-bribery laws that generally bar bribes or unreasonable gifts to foreign governments or officials. Changes in trade sanctions laws may restrict our business practices, including cessation of business activities in sanctioned countries or with sanctioned entities, and may result in modifications to compliance programs. Violation of these laws or regulations could result in sanctions or fines and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We may in the future be subject to intellectual property rights disputes, which could reduce our ability to compete effectively and harm our business and results of operations.

 

Other companies may own, develop, or acquire intellectual property rights that could prevent, limit, or interfere with our ability to provide our products and services. One or more of these companies, which could include our competitors, could make claims against us alleging infringement of their intellectual property rights. Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming and expensive to litigate or settle and could significantly divert management resources and attention from our business.

 

If we were unable to successfully defend against claims against us alleging infringement of intellectual property rights, we may be required to pay monetary damages, stop using the technology, and pay a license fee to use the technology, or develop alternative non-infringing technology. If we have to obtain a license for the infringing technology, it may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. Developing alternative non-infringing technology could require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop alternative technology for the infringing aspects of our business, we may be forced to limit our product and service offerings. Any of these results could reduce our ability to compete effectively and harm our business and results of operations.

 

Damage claims against our products could reduce our sales and revenues.

 

If any of our products are found to cause injury or damage, the Company could suffer financial damages. We have not had significant claims for damages or losses from our products to date. The Company does not carry product liability insurance.

 

A partially or completely uninsured claim, if successful and of significant magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition.

 

  25  

Table of Contents  

 


The purchase of many of our products is discretionary, and may be particularly affected by adverse trends in the general economy; therefore, challenging economic conditions may make it difficult for us to generate revenue.

 

Our business is affected by general economic conditions since our products are discretionary and we depend, to a significant extent, upon a number of factors relating to discretionary consumer spending. These factors include economic conditions and perceptions of such conditions by consumers, employment rates, the level of consumers' disposable income, business conditions, interest rates, consumer debt levels, and availability of credit. There can be no assurance that consumer spending on the products we sell, will not be adversely affected by changes in general economic conditions.

 

Currently, our sales are concentrated on a few core customers. Failure to diversify our customer base could be detrimental to our operations

 

As of May 31, 2017, four customers represented 70% of our net sales, while in 2016 three customers represented 48% of our net sales. The concentration of our revenues in only a few customers puts us our operations and cash flow at significant risk if any single customer fails to continue to place orders. A multitude of factors could contribute to the loss of any particular customer, from war and social unrest to simple competition. As of August 31, 2017. We have seen some diversification of our customer base where 2 customers represent 47% of sales. However, it is imperative that we diversify our customer base or continue to expose our operations to the risk factors of our four major customers.

 

Risks Related to Our Management and Personnel

 

Should we not be able to find capable management, our financial condition will be negatively impacted.

 

Our future depends on finding management that can maintain U.S. operations including creation of said operations. The services are critical to the management of our business and operations in the U.S. We must find competent and experienced personnel; our operational goals and strategies may be adversely affected, which will negatively affect our potential revenues.

 

We will incur additional costs and management time related expenses pertaining to SEC reporting obligations and SEC compliance matter and our management has no experience in such matters.

 

Our officers and directors, Jeff Toghraie, Donald Starace, Sunook Park, Jeff Brown, Chris Go, and Nancy Hundt, are responsible for managing us, including compliance with SEC reporting obligations and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. These public reporting requirements and controls are new to the above and at times will require us to obtain outside assistance from legal, accounting, or other professionals that will increase our costs of doing business. Should we fail to comply with SEC reporting and internal controls and procedures, we may be subject to securities law violations that may result in additional compliance costs or costs associated with SEC judgments or fines, both of which will increase our costs and negatively affect our potential profitability and our ability to conduct our business.

 

Because we do not have an audit or compensation committee, shareholders will have to rely on our board of directors who is not independent to perform these functions.

 

We do not have an audit or compensation committee or board of directors as a whole that is composed of independent directors. These functions are performed by our officers and directors, Jeff Toghraie, Donald Starace, Sunook Park, Jeff Brown, Chris Go, an Nancy Hundt. Because our directors are not independent, there is a potential conflict between their and/or our interests and our shareholders’ interests since the above will participate in discussions concerning management compensation and audit issues that may be affect management decisions. Until we have an audit committee or independent directors, there may be less oversight of management decisions and activities and little ability for minority shareholders to challenge or reverse those activities and decisions, even if they are not in the best interests of minority shareholders.

 

Because we lack certain internal controls over financial reporting in that we do not have an audit committee and our Board of Directors has no technical knowledge of U.S. GAAP and internal control of financial reporting and relies upon the Company's financial personnel to advise the Board on such matters, we are subject to increased risk related to financial statement disclosures.

 

We lack certain internal controls over financial reporting in that we do not have an audit committee and our Board of Directors has no technical knowledge of U.S. GAAP and internal control of financial reporting and relies upon the Company's financial personnel to advise the Board on such matters. Accordingly, we are subject to increased risk related to financial statement disclosures.

 

  26  

Table of Contents  

 

Risks Related to the Market for Our Common Stock

 

We may, in the future, issue additional securities, which would reduce investors’ percent of ownership and may dilute our share value.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation authorize us to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock and 20,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock. As of the date of this prospectus, we had 40,505,047 shares of common stock and no preferred shares outstanding. Accordingly, we may issue up to an additional 59,494,953 shares of common stock and 20,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock. The future issuance of common stock may result in substantial dilution in the percentage of our common stock held by our then existing shareholders. We may value any common stock issued in the future on an arbitrary basis including for services or acquisitions or other corporate actions that may have the effect of diluting the value of the shares held by our stockholders, and might have an adverse effect on any trading market for our common stock. Our board of directors may designate the rights, terms, and preferences of our authorized but unissued preferred shares at its discretion including conversion and voting preferences without notice to our shareholders.

 

We are an "emerging growth company," and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five (5) years, although we could lose that status sooner if our revenues exceed one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000), if we issue more than one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000), in non-convertible debt in a three year period, or if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds seven hundred-million dollars ($700,000,000) as of any December 31 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(2) of the JOBS Act, that allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

 

Our common stock is not currently quoted or listed and may never be quoted or listed by the OTCQB or any other listing or quotation service and if listed, no market may ever develop for our common stock, or if developed, may not be sustained in the future. Investors may have difficulty in reselling their shares due to the lack of market or state Blue Sky laws.

 

Our common stock is currently not quoted on any market. No market may ever develop for our common stock, or if developed, may not be sustained in the future. The holders of our shares of common stock and persons who desire to purchase them in any trading market that might develop in the future should be aware that there might be significant state law restrictions upon the ability of investors to resell our shares. Accordingly, even if we are successful in having the shares available for trading on the OTCQB, investors should consider any secondary market for our common shares to be a limited one. We intend to seek coverage and publication of information regarding the company in an accepted publication, which permits a "manual exemption." This manual exemption permits a security to be distributed in a particular state without being registered if the company issuing the security has a listing for that security in a securities manual recognized by the state. However, it is not enough for the security to be listed in a recognized manual. The listing entry must contain (1) the names of issuers, officers, and directors, (2) an issuer's balance sheet, and (3) a profit and loss statement for either the fiscal year preceding the balance sheet or for the most recent fiscal year of operations. We may not be able to secure a listing containing all of this information. Furthermore, the manual exemption is a non-issuer exemption restricted to secondary trading transactions, making it unavailable for issuers selling newly issued securities. Most of the accepted manuals are those published in Standard and Poor's, Moody's Investor Service, Fitch's Investment Service, and Best's Insurance Reports, and many states expressly recognize these manuals. A smaller number of states declare that they “recognize securities manuals” but do not specify the recognized manuals. The following states do not have any provisions and therefore do not expressly recognize the manual exemption: Alabama, California, Georgia, Illinois, Kentucky, Louisiana, Montana, South Dakota, Tennessee, Vermont, and Wisconsin.

 

  27  

Table of Contents  

 

Accordingly, our common shares should be considered totally illiquid, which inhibits investors’ ability to resell their shares.

 

We will be subject to penny stock regulations and restrictions and you may have difficulty selling shares of our common stock.

 

The SEC has adopted regulations which generally define so-called “penny stocks” to be an equity security that has a market price less than $5.00 per share or an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exemptions. We anticipate that our common stock will become a “penny stock”, and we will become subject to Rule 15g-9 under the Exchange Act, or the “Penny Stock Rule”. This rule imposes additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers that sell such securities to persons other than established customers. For transactions covered by Rule 15g-9, a broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and have received the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to sale. As a result, this rule may affect the ability of broker-dealers to sell our common shares and may affect the ability of purchasers to sell any of our common shares in the secondary market.

 

For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require delivery, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, of a disclosure schedule prepared by the SEC relating to the penny stock market. Disclosure is also required to be made about sales commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative and current quotations for the securities. Finally, monthly statements are required to be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in penny stock.

 

We do not anticipate that our common stock will qualify for exemption from the Penny Stock Rule. In any event, even if our common stock were exempt from the Penny Stock Rule, we would remain subject to Section 15(b)(6) of the Exchange Act, which gives the SEC the authority to restrict any person from participating in a distribution of penny stock, if the SEC finds that such a restriction would be in the public interest.

 

Sales of our common stock under Rule 144 could reduce the price of our stock.

 

None of our outstanding common shares are currently eligible for resale under Rule 144. In general, persons holding restricted securities in a Securities & Exchange Commission reporting company, including affiliates, must hold their shares for a period of at least six (6) months, may not sell more than one percent (1%) of the total issued and outstanding shares in any ninety (90) day period, and must resell the shares in an unsolicited brokerage transaction at the market price. If substantial amounts of our common stock become available for resale under Rule 144, prevailing market prices for our common stock will be reduced.

 

If in the future we are not be required to continue filing reports under Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, for example because we have less than three hundred shareholders of record at the end of the first fiscal year in which this registration statement is declared effective, and we do not file a Registration Statement on Form 8-A upon the occurrence of such an event, our common shares can no longer be quoted on the OTC Quotation Board, which could reduce the value of your investment.

 

Upon effectiveness of this registration statement, we will be subject to the 15(d) reporting requirements according to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We are required to file the necessary reports in the fiscal year that the registration statement is declared effective. After that fiscal year and provided that we have less than three hundred (300) shareholders, we are not required to file these reports. If the reports are not filed, the investors will have reduced information about us including about our business, plan of operations and financial condition. In addition, as a filer subject to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, we are not required to prepare proxy or information statements; our common stock will not be subject to the protection of the going private regulations; we will be subject to only limited portions of the tender offer rules; our officers, directors, and more than ten (10%) percent shareholders are not required to file beneficial ownership reports about their holdings of our common shares; that these persons will not be subject to the short-swing profit recovery provisions of the Exchange Act; and that more than five percent (5%) holders of classes of your equity securities will not be required to report information about their ownership positions in the securities.

 

  28  

Table of Contents  

 

There is no assurance of a public market or that our common stock will ever trade on a recognized stock exchange. Therefore, you may be unable to liquidate your investment in our stock.

 

There is no established public trading market for our common stock. Our shares have not been listed or quoted on any exchange or quotation system. There can be no assurance that a market maker will agree to file the necessary documents with FINRA, nor can there be any assurance that such an application for quotation will be approved or that a regular trading market will develop or that if developed, will be sustained. In the absence of a trading market, an investor may be unable to liquidate their investment.

 

Because we do not expect to pay dividends for the foreseeable future, investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance our business. As a result, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors after considering whether we have generated sufficient revenues, our financial condition, operating results, cash needs, growth plans and other factors. Accordingly, investors that are seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

 

As an issuer of “penny stock” the protection provided by the federal securities laws relating to forward looking statements does not apply to us.

 

Although the federal securities law provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by a public company that files reports under the federal securities laws, this safe harbor is not available to issuers of penny stocks. As a result, if we are a penny stock we will not have the benefit of this safe harbor protection in the event of any claim that the material provided by us contained a material misstatement of fact or was misleading in any material respect because of our failure to include any statements necessary to make the statements not misleading.

 

Special Information Regarding Forward Looking Statements

 

Some of the statements in this prospectus are “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements involve certain known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, the factors set forth above under “Risk Factors.” The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. We caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update and revise any forward-looking statements or to publicly announce the result of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements in this document to reflect any future or developments. However, the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 is not available to us as a non-reporting issuer. Further, Section 27A(b)(2)(D) of the Securities Act and Section 21E(b)(2)(D) of the Securities Exchange Act expressly state that the safe harbor for forward looking statements does not apply to statements made in connection with an initial public offering.

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Not applicable. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares offered by the selling shareholders.

 

  29  

Table of Contents  

 

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

 

Our management has determined the offering price for the selling shareholders' shares. The price of the shares we are offering were arbitrarily determined. We have no agreement, written or oral, with our selling shareholders about this price. Based upon oral conversations with our selling shareholders, we believe that none of our selling shareholders disagree with this price. The offering price bears no relationship whatsoever to our assets, earning, book value or other criteria of value. The factors considered were:

 

  Our growth potential; and

 

  The price we believe a purchaser is willing to pay for our stock

 

The offering price does not bear any relationship to our assets, results of operations, or book value, or to any other generally accepted criteria of valuation. Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our securities.

 

DILUTION

 

Not applicable. We are not offering any shares in this registration statement. All shares are being registered on behalf of our selling shareholders.

 

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The selling security holders named below are selling the securities. The table assumes that all of the securities will be sold in this offering. However, any or all of the securities listed below may be retained by any of the selling security holders, and therefore, no accurate forecast can be made as to the number of securities that will be held by the selling security holders upon termination of this offering.

 

We believe that the selling security holders listed in the table have sole voting and investment powers with respect to the securities indicated. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the securities by the selling security holders. None of our selling security holders is or is affiliated with a broker-dealer. All selling security holders may be deemed underwriters. The percentages below are based upon 40,505,047 common shares outstanding.

 

Our selling shareholders hold an aggregate of 3,590,532 common shares as reflected in the chart below. We are not registering common shares held directly or indirectly by our officers or directors and persons we deem affiliates of the Company

 

We relied on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the offer and sale of the securities in the chart below. We believe that Section 4(2) was available because:

 

  Each investor had a pre-existing relationship with one or more of: (i) our chief executive officer, president and director, Mr. Jeff Toghraie.

 

 

None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts, or commissions.

 

  Restrictive legends were and will be placed on all certificates issued as described above.

 

  The offer and sale of the securities did not involve general solicitation or advertising.

 

  The distributions were made only to investors who were sophisticated enough to evaluate the risks of the investment.

 

In connection with the foregoing transactions, we provided the following to all investors:

 

  Access to all of our books and records.

 

  Access to all material contracts and documents relating to our operations.

 

  30  

Table of Contents  

 

  The opportunity to obtain any additional information, to the extent we possessed such information, necessary to verify the accuracy of the information to which the investors were given access.

 

Name of Shareholder  

Total # of

Shares

Owned

   

# of

Shares

Registered

   

Remaining

# Shares if

All

Registered

Are Sold

[1]

   

% Before

Offering

   

% After

Offering
[2]

 
Sheri Amirjahed     80,000       80,000       0       0.20 %     0.00 %
Axon Capital Management     3,600,000       250,000       3,350,000       8.89 %     8.44 %
Bagheri Family Trust, Kaveh & Soraya Bolandgray Bagheri     100,000       100,000       0       0.25 %     0.00 %
Hamid Bahmei     80,000       80,000       0       0.20 %     0.00 %
Abbas Bolandgray     80,000       80,000       0       0.20 %     0.00 %
Azar Bolandgray     20,000       20,000       0       0.05 %     0.00 %
Leila Bolandgray     40,650       40,650       0       0.10 %     0.00 %
Abby Bonilla     12,000       12,000       0       0.03 %     0.00 %
Luciana Ercasi Carlet     16,260       16,260       0       0.04 %     0.00 %
Charter Capital Partners     3,600,000       300,000       3,300,000       8.89 %     8.32 %
Philip Coca     61,157       61,157       0       0.15 %     0.00 %
Davis Elen Advertising     887,239       100,000       787,239       2.19 %     1.98 %
Ibrahim Sahu Derbent     32,520       32,520       0       0.08 %     0.00 %
DRS, LLC     898,838       100,000       798,838       2.22 %     2.01 %
Bernadette Eckard Maloney     400,000       100,000       300,000       0.99 %     0.76 %
Jorge B. Gutierrez Ercasi     200,000       50,000       150,000       0.49 %     0.38 %
Manuel Gonzales     10,000       10,000       0       0.02 %     0.00 %
Daniel Govea     860,000       860,000       0       2.12 %     0.00 %
Pamela Goyal     58,979       58,979       0       0.15 %     0.00 %
Beril Gutierrez     294,500       60,000       234,000       0.73 %     0.59 %
Fayez Henein     10,000       10,000       0       0.02 %     0.00 %
Mary Henein     10,000       10,000       0       0.02 %     0.00 %
Nancy Hundt     2,600,000       100,000       2,500,000       6.42 %     6.30 %
Intrepid Global Advisors     9,334,000       100,000       9,234,000       23.04 %     23.27 %
Nelmettin Alper Karacadag     200,000       50,000       150,000       0.49 %     0.38 %
Zehra Belgin Karacadag     200,000       50,000       150,000       0.49 %     0.38 %
Zolio Gutierrez Martinez     24,390       24,390       0       0.06 %     0.00 %
Guillermo Mena     10,000       10,000       0       0.02 %     0.00 %
Robert A Lay& Mina Javid     120,000       120,000       0       0.30 %     0.00 %
Robert A Lay     48,076       48,076       0       0.12 %     0.00 %
Patrick Morris     18,000       18,000       0       0.04 %     0.00 %
Arturo Nava     20,000       20,000       0       0.05 %     0.00 %
Soraya Sabetian     60,000       60,000       0       0.15 %     0.00 %
Richard Serafin     10,000       10,000       0       0.02 %     0.00 %
Stephen Salinger Trust of Salinger Solo 401K Trust Stephen Salinger, TTEE     200,000       100,000       100,000       0.49 %     0.25 %
Universal22, Inc.     30,000       30,000       0       0.07 %     0.00 %
Sunook Park     51,000       10,000       41,000       0.13 %     0.10 %
Jalil & Lili Riazi JTWROS     167,170       120,000       47,170       0.41 %     0.12 %
Titan HG, LLC     1,025,709       100,000       925,709       2.53 %     2.33 %
Sara Halyo Topuz     20,000       20,000       0       0.05 %     0.00 %
Shircoo, Inc.     13,385,000       100,000       13,285,000       33.05 %     33.48 %
John Lou     7,500       7,500       0       0.02 %     0.00 %
Dexter Go     7,500       7,500       0       0.02 %     0.00 %
Joel Go     7,500       7,500       0       0.02 %     0.00 %
Jeremy Limsenben     7,500       7,500       0       0.02 %     0.00 %
Jeff Brown     9,000       9,000       0       0.02 %     0.00 %
Robert Ukropina     7,500       7,500       0       0.02 %     0.00 %
Dale Winson     7,500       7,500       0       0.02 %     0.00 %
Coco Hou     7,000       7,000       0       0.02 %     0.00 %
Jason Sabaugh     7,500       7,500       0       0.02 %     0.00 %
TOTAL     38,943,988       3,590,532       35,353,456       96.15 %     87.28 %

 

[1] Assuming that all 3,590,532 shares being registered are sold.

 

[2] Based 40,505,047 common shares outstanding.

 

  31  

Table of Contents  

 

All shares vested immediately, and common shares were issued bearing a restrictive legend.

 

No persons acquiring the shares covered by this registration statement had any rights attached to the shares purchased by the selling shareholders, including rights such as registration rights.

 

Holders of Record

 

We have 75 shareholders of record; including officers and directors of the Company.

 

Offers and Sales of Securities 

 

We currently do not intend to and may not be able to qualify securities for resale in other states which require shares to be qualified before they can be resold by our shareholders. 

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Our common stock is currently not quoted on any market. No market may ever develop for our common stock, or if developed, may not be sustained in the future. Accordingly, our shares should be considered totally illiquid, which inhibits investors’ ability to resell their shares.

 

Selling shareholders are offering up to 3,590,532 shares of common stock. The selling shareholders will offer their shares at up to $0.05 per share until our shares are quoted on the OTCQB and thereafter at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices. We will not receive proceeds from the sale of shares from the selling shareholders. There is no guarantee that our stock will ever be quoted on the OTCQB.

 

The securities offered by this prospectus will be sold by the selling shareholders. Selling shareholders in this offering may be considered underwriters. We are not aware of any underwriting arrangements that have been entered into by the selling shareholders. The distribution of the securities by the selling shareholders may be affected in one or more transactions that may take place in the over-the-counter market, including broker's transactions or privately negotiated transactions.

 

The selling shareholders may pledge all or a portion of the securities owned as collateral for margin accounts or in loan transactions, and the securities may be resold pursuant to the terms of such pledges, margin accounts or loan transactions. Upon default by such selling shareholders, the pledge in such loan transaction would have the same rights of sale as the selling shareholders under this prospectus. The selling shareholders may also enter into exchange traded listed option transactions, which require the delivery of the securities listed under this prospectus. After our securities are qualified for quotation on the over the counter market, the selling shareholders may also transfer securities owned in other ways not involving market makers or established trading markets, including directly by gift, distribution, or other transfer without consideration, and upon any such transfer the transferee would have the same rights of sale as such selling shareholders under this prospectus.

 

In addition to the above, each of the selling shareholders will be affected by the applicable provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including, without limitation, Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the securities by the selling shareholders or any such other person. We have instructed our selling shareholders that they may not purchase any of our securities while they are selling shares under this registration statement.

 

Upon this registration statement being declared effective, the selling shareholders may offer and sell their shares from time to time until all of the shares registered are sold; however, this offering may not extend beyond two (2) years from the initial effective date of this registration statement.

 

  32  

Table of Contents  

 

There can be no assurances that the selling shareholders will sell any or all of the securities. In various states, the securities may not be sold unless these securities have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.

 

All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of our securities. Pursuant to oral promises we made to the selling shareholders, we will pay all the fees and expenses incident to the registration of the securities.

 

Should any substantial change occur regarding the status or other matters concerning the selling shareholders or us, we will file a post-effective amendment to this registration statement disclosing such matters.

 

OTCQB Considerations

 

To be quoted on the OTCQB, a market maker must file an application on our behalf in order to make a market for our common stock. We anticipate that after this registration statement is declared effective, market makers will enter “piggyback” quotes and our securities will thereafter trade on the OTCQB.

 

The OTCQB is separate and distinct from the NASDAQ stock market. NASDAQ has no business relationship with issuers of securities quoted on the OTCQB. The SEC’s order handling rules, which apply to NASDAQ-listed securities, do not apply to securities quoted on the OTCQB.

 

Although the NASDAQ stock market has rigorous listing standards to ensure the high quality of its issuers, and can delist issuers for not meeting those standards, the OTC Market has no listing standards. Rather, it is the market maker who chooses to quote a security on the system, files the application, and is obligated to comply with keeping information about the issuer in its files. FINRA cannot deny an application by a market maker to quote the stock of a company. The only requirement for inclusion in the bulletin board is that the issuer be current in its reporting requirements with the SEC.

  

Although we anticipate listing on the OTCQB will increase liquidity for our stock, investors may have greater difficulty in getting orders filled because it is anticipated that if our stock trades on a public market, it initially will trade on the OTCQB rather than on NASDAQ. Investors’ orders may be filled at a price much different than expected when an order is placed. Trading activity in general is not conducted as efficiently and effectively as with NASDAQ-listed securities.

 

Investors must contact a broker-dealer to trade OTC securities. Investors do not have direct access to the service. For OTC securities, there only has to be one market maker.

 

Because OTC stocks are usually not followed by analysts, there may be lower trading volume than for NASDAQ-listed securities.

 

There is no guarantee that our stock will ever be quoted on the OTCQB.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceedings in which we are involved.

 

  33  

Table of Contents  

 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS, AND CONTROL PERSONS

 

The board of directors elects our executive officers annually. A majority vote of the directors who are in office are required to fill vacancies. Each director shall be elected for three (3) years and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Our directors and executive officers are as follows:

 

NAME   AGE   POSITION
         
Jeff Toghraie   50   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
         
Chris Go   53   Secretary
         
Jeff Brown   35   Chief Operating Officer
         
Donald Starace   63    President
         
Nancy Hundt   49   Director
         
Sunook Park   53   Chief Creative Officer

 

Jeff Togharie – Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer

 

Jeff Toghraie has been the Chairman of our board since 2015 and our Chief Executive Officer since 2016. Mr. Toghraie is currently the Managing Director of Intrepid Global Advisors, one of our principal shareholders. Mr. Toghraie joined Intrepid Global Advisors in 2010 and is a principal of that firm. During the past 5 years, Mr. Toghraie has been involved with various privately held development stage companies as a director and/or advisory positions.

 

Sunook Park – Chief Creative Officer

 

Sunook Park joined our company as Chief Creative Officer in 2015. Mr. Park has 20 years’ experience in full scale corporate and brand identity projects for social and business entities worldwide. Since 1997, Mr. Park has been the founder and director of ANDLAB, an art and design education program for professionals who require cross-cultural experience and knowledge. Mr. Park is also a full professor of Graphic Design for California State University in Long Beach. Mr. Park has participated in corporate identity and branding projects for The Gillette Company, ARCO(am/pm Mini Mart), American Heart Association, Colgate Company, Tropical Safety Research, Hitch, IPIX, KIA Motors, Carsdirect.com, CDZON.com, Conexant and Nike.

 

Chris Go – Secretary

 

Christopher Go has served as our Corporate Secretary since 2015. Mr. Go is a partner of PropertyRate LLC, since 2011, a national provider of residential appraisal management services. From 2009-2012 Mr. Go was the VP of Operations for TEN Media, a funded food safety & traceability platform involving Walmart, Safeway, cal-Marine, Dutch Farms, USDA, FDA & Yucaipa Companies. From 1996-1998 Mr. Go was staff architect for WAT&G.

 

Donald Starace – President

 

Mr. Starace joined our company in 2015. From 2012 to 2015, Mr. Starace acted as the Director of Sales of North America for Taiff, a leader in professional dryers. From 2001-2011, Mr. Starace held sales and education positions in Nioxin Research Laboratories and subsequently Proctor & Gamble. Mr. Starace has forty years of dedicated service in the beauty industry, of which over 12 years has been devoted to the thinning hair category. Mr. Starace started his career in some of New York’s most prestigious salons, followed by ten years at Nioxin Research Labs and subsequently Proctor & Gamble in Sales and Education. Mr. Starace owned and operated various businesses through his career including roles in starting the Bank of New Jersey, which currently holds 10 locations, and has assets over $865 million. He was one of the initial investors for the bank and very influential in raising capital. He also facilitated bringing Taiff (Brazil) professional appliances to the hair industry in the U.S. and Canada. Mr. Starace most recently was appointed as a member of the Board of Adjustments for the Borough of Fort Lee, New Jersey.

   

  34  

Table of Contents  

 

Nancy Hundt - Director

 

Nancy Hundt has served as a director of Reviv3 Procare Company since May of 2015. Ms. Hundt has a diverse background in the retail industry and has served as a representative of the American Board of Opticianry, an optical industry retail group. Ms. Hundt acts as a consultant as a retail sales expert and has served over the last five years as Chief Operating Officer of Academy Optical, Inc.

 

Jeff Brown – Chief Operating Officer

 

Jeff Brown, our Chief Operating Officer, joined the Company in March of 2017. From 2015 to 2017, Mr. Brown held consulting positions at Polar Solar Inc., a company responsible for making commercial solar panels available to the residential market and Mind Fitness Lab, a technology company that developed and distributed mobile applications for mental health professionals. From 2012 to 2015, he was the President of RNA Pro, a company that distributed agricultural supplements. Mr. Brown holds an MBA from Pepperdine University and received his bachelors degree from University of California, Irvine.

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships with the Company. 

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceedings in which the aforementioned individuals are involved.  

 

No officer, director, or persons nominated for such positions, promoter or significant employee has been involved in the last ten (10) years in any of the following:

 

  Any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time;

 

  Any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

 

 

Being subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activities;

 

  Being found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated; 

 

  Having any government agency, administrative agency, or administrative court impose an administrative finding, order, decree, or sanction against them as a result of their involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity;

 

  Being the subject of a pending administrative proceeding related to their involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity; and/or

 

  Having any administrative proceeding been threatened against you related to their involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity.

  

Corporate Governance

 

Our officers and directors, Jeff Toghraie, Sunook Park and Chris Go are not “independent” as the term is used in Item 7(d) (3) (iv) (B) of Schedule 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as defined by Rule 4200(a) (15) of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules because they are employed by the company.

 

We do not have any standing audit, nominating and compensation committees of the board of directors, or committees performing similar functions. We do not currently have a Code of Ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial or accounting officer. All Board actions have been taken by Written Action rather than formal meetings.

 

  35  

Table of Contents  

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following tables set forth the ownership, as of the date of this prospectus, of our common stock by each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent (5%) of our outstanding common stock, our directors, and our executive officers as a group. The persons named have sole voting and investment power with respect to such shares, except as otherwise noted.  There are not any pending or anticipated arrangements that may cause a change in control.

 

The information presented below regarding beneficial ownership of our voting securities has been presented in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not necessarily indicative of ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of the security or the power to dispose or direct the disposition of the security. A person is deemed to own beneficially any security as to which such person has the right to acquire sole or shared voting or investment power within sixty (60) days through the conversion or exercise of any convertible security, warrant, option or other right. More than one (1) person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities. The percentage of beneficial ownership by any person as of a particular date is calculated by dividing the number of shares beneficially owned by such person, which includes the number of shares as to which such person has the right to acquire voting or investment power within sixty (60) days, by the sum of the number of shares outstanding as of such date. Consequently, the denominator used for calculating such percentage may be different for each beneficial owner. Except as otherwise indicated below and under applicable community property laws, we believe that the beneficial owners of our common stock listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown.

 

Title of Class  

 

Name/Position

  Beneficial Ownership    

Percentage

Of Class

 
Executive Beneficial Owners            
Common   Jeff Toghraie/Director CEO (1)     9,334,000       23.04 %
Common   Park Sunook/Chief Creative Director     51,000       0.13 %
Common   Chris Go/Secretary (2)     1,025,709       2.53 %
Common   Jeff Brown/Chief Operating Officer     9,000       0.02 %
Common   Nancy Hundt/Director (3)     2,600,000       6.42 %
Common   Donald Starace/President(4)     711,338       1.79 %
    All Officers and Directors     13,010,709       33.93 %
                     
Non-Executive Beneficial Owners                
Common   Axon Capital Management, Inc. (5)     3,600,000       8.89 %
Common   Charter Capital Partners (6)     3,600,000       8.89 %
Common   Shircoo, Inc. (7)     13,010,000       32.12 %
    All Non-Executive Beneficial Owners     13,010       49.90 %
    All Beneficial Owners     33,219,709       83.83 %

 

(1) Jeff Toghraie, our Director and CEO, is the Managing Member of Intrepid Global Advisors, with offices at 9107 Wilshire Blvd., Ste. 450, Beverly Hills, CA  90210, which holds 9,334,000 shares of common capital stock of the Company.
   
(2) Chris Go, our Chief Creative Director, is the Managing Partner of Titan HG, LLC with offices at 30131 Town Center Drive, Ste. 180, Laguna Niguel, CA  92677, which holds 1,025,709 shares of common capital stock of the Company.
   
(3) Nancy Hundt holds the shares personally, residing at 31569 Lindero Canyon Rd., #3, Westlake Village, CA 91361
   
(4) Donald Starace is the Principal of DRS, LLC with offices at 1590 Anderson Ave., # 14J, Fort Lee NJ 07024, which holds 711,338 shares of common capital stock of the Company
   
(5) Sam Toghraie who is the brother of Jeff Toghraie, our sole Director and CEO, is a partner at Axon Capital Management, Inc.  Axon Capital Management, Inc. has offices at 5490 Whister Ct., Chino Hills, CA 91709
   
(6) Charter Capital Partners is managed by its Managing Partner, Parvan Riazi.  Charter Capital Partners maintains offices at 1964 Laurel Wood Ct. Thousand Oaks CA 91362
   
(7) Shircoo, Inc. is managed by Max Toghraie, its Managing Partner who is the brother of our sole Director and CEO, Jeff Toghraie. Shircoo, Inc. maintains offices at 2350 E. Allview Terrace, Los Angeles CA 90068

 

  36  

Table of Contents  

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

The following description is a summary of the material terms of the provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Common Stock

 

We are authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share. As of the date of this prospectus there are 40,505,047 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding held by 75 stockholders of record. We are authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock of which there are no shares are outstanding.

 

Each share of our common stock entitles the holder to one (1) vote, either in person or by proxy, at meetings of shareholders. The shareholders are not permitted to vote their shares cumulatively. Accordingly, the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting rights on matters presented to our common stockholders can elect all of our directors and, in such event, the holders of the remaining minority shares will not be able to elect any such directors. The vote of the holders of a majority of the holders entitled to vote on matters submitted to our common stockholders is sufficient to authorize, affirm, ratify, or consent to such act or action, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

To date, we have paid no cash dividends on our shares of common stock. Any future disposition of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, our future earnings, operating and financial condition, capital requirements, and other factors. We have no present plans for future cash or stock dividends. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to provide funds for operation of our business.

 

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive rights or other subscription rights, conversion rights, redemption or sinking fund provisions. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or windup, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to shareholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities. There are not any provisions in our Articles of Incorporation or our Bylaws that would prevent or delay change in our control.

 

All shares of common stock outstanding are validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable.

  

Preferred Shares

 

We are authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share of which no shares are outstanding or designated otherwise. Our Board of Directors may designate the authorized but unissued shares of the Preferred Stock with such rights and privileges as the Board of Directors may determine without a vote of our stockholders. As such, our Board of Directors may issue 20,000,000 preferred shares and designate the conversion, voting and other rights and preferences without notice to our shareholders and without shareholder approval.

 

Delaware Anti-Takeover Laws

 

As a Delaware corporation, we are subject to certain anti-takeover provisions that apply to public corporations under Delaware law. Pursuant to Section 607.0901 of the Delaware Business Corporation Act, or the Delaware Act, a publicly held Delaware corporation may not engage in a broad range of business combinations or other extraordinary corporate transactions with an interested shareholder without the approval of the holders of two-thirds of the voting shares of the corporation (excluding shares held by the interested shareholder), unless:

 

  the transaction is approved by a majority of disinterested directors before the shareholder becomes an interested shareholder;

 

  the interested shareholder has owned at least eighty percent (80%) of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares for at least five years preceding the announcement date of any such business combination;

 

  the interested shareholder is the beneficial owner of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation, exclusive of shares acquired directly from the corporation in a transaction not approved by a majority of the disinterested directors; or

 

  the consideration paid to the holders of the corporation’s voting stock is at least equal to certain fair price criteria.

 

An interested shareholder is defined as a person who, together with affiliates and associates, beneficially owns more than ten percent (10%) of a corporation’s outstanding voting shares. We have not made an election in our amended Articles of Incorporation to opt out of Section 607.0901.

 

In addition, we are subject to Section 607.0902 of the Delaware Act which prohibits the voting of shares in a publicly held Delaware corporation that are acquired in a control share acquisition unless (i) our board of directors approved such acquisition prior to its consummation or (ii) after such acquisition, in lieu of prior approval by our board of directors, the holders of a majority of the corporation’s voting shares, exclusive of shares owned by officers of the corporation, employee directors or the acquiring party, approve the granting of voting rights as to the shares acquired in the control share acquisition. A control share acquisition is defined as an acquisition that immediately thereafter entitles the acquiring party to twenty percent (20%) or more of the total voting power in an election of directors.

 

  37  

Table of Contents  

 

   INTEREST OF NAMED EXPERTS

 

The financial statements as of May 31, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the two years in the period ended May 31, 2017, included in this prospectus have been audited by Salberg & Company, P.A., our independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent and for the periods set forth in their report and are incorporated herein in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

The legality of the shares offered under this registration statement is being passed upon by Eilers Law Group, P.A.

 

DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES LIABILITIES

 

Our Bylaws, subject to the provisions of Delaware Law, contain provisions which allow the corporation to indemnify any person against liabilities and other expenses incurred as the result of defending or administering any pending or anticipated legal issue in connection with service to us if it is determined that person acted in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed was in the best interest of the corporation. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes, and other financial information included in this prospectus.

 

Our Management's Discussion and Analysis contains not only statements that are historical facts, but also statements that are forward-looking.  Forward-looking statements are, by their very nature, uncertain and risky.  Forward-looking statements are often identified by words like: “believe”, “expect”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “project” and similar expressions, or words that, by their nature, refer to future events. You should not place undue certainty on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this prospectus. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or our predictions. These risks and uncertainties include international, national, and local general economic and market conditions; our ability to sustain, manage, or forecast growth; our ability to successfully make and integrate acquisitions; new product development and introduction; existing government regulations and changes in, or the failure to comply with, government regulations; adverse publicity; competition; the loss of significant customers or suppliers; fluctuations and difficulty in forecasting operating results; change in business strategy or development plans; business disruptions; the ability to attract and retain qualified personnel; the ability to protect technology; the risk of foreign currency exchange rate; and other risks that might be detailed from time to time in our filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors”.

 

Although the forward-looking statements in this Registration Statement reflect the good faith judgment of our management, such statements can only be based on facts and factors currently known by them. Consequently, and because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, the actual results and outcomes may differ materially from the results and outcomes discussed in the forward-looking statements. You are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us in herein and in our other reports as we attempt to advise interested parties of the risks and factors that may affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations and prospects.

 

Our financial statements are stated in United States Dollars (USD or US$) and are prepared in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. All references to “common stock” refer to the common shares in our capital stock.

 

  38  

Table of Contents  

  

Overview

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY is engaged in the manufacturing, marketing, sale and distribution of professional quality hair and skin care products under various trademarks and brands, and has adopted and used the trademarks products for distribution throughout the United States, Canada, Europe, and Asia pursuant to the terms of 11 exclusive distribution agreements with various parties throughout our targeted market. All of our products use tested and FDA approved, all-natural products. Our manufacturing operations are outsourced and fulfilled by through our co-packers and manufacturing partners. Currently, we produce 7 products with 13 separate sku’s and look to expand our product lines significantly over the next 12 months.

 

Since our inception, we have engaged in significant operational activities as described in "Business," above.

 

We are an "emerging growth company" ("EGC") that is exempt from certain financial disclosure and governance requirements for up to five years as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act ("the JOBS Act"), that eases restrictions on the sale of securities; and increases the number of shareholders a company must have before becoming subject to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission's (SEC's) reporting and disclosure rules (See "Emerging Growth Companies" section above). We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(2) of the Jobs Act, that allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. 

 

As of August 31, 2017, we had $218,430 cash on hand for our operational needs. Currently, our operating expenses are approximately $26,000.00 per month or $312,000 annually.

 

Results of Operations

 

For the Year Ended May 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

Our results of operations for the year ended May 31, 2017 and 2016 are summarized below.

 

    Year Ended
May 31,
2017
    Year Ended
May 31,
2016
 
Revenues   $ 582,005     $ 475,756  
Cost of Sales   $ 281,579     $ 278,347  
Total operating expenses   $ 838,632     $ 912,089  
Loss from operations   $ (538,206 )   $ (714,680 )
Net loss   $ (538,777 )   $ (773,658 )

 

For the year ended May 31, 2017, revenues increased by approximately $106,000, or 22%, as compared to the year ended May 31, 2016, which is primarily due to increase marketing efforts and direct to consumer sales and salon sales.

 

Cost of sales includes the cost of product and shipping fee. For the year ended May 31, 2017, cost of sales increased by 3,232, or 1.2%, as compared to the year ended May 31, 2016.

 

For the year ended May 31, 2017, gross profit amounted to $300,426 as compared to $197,409, an increase of $103,017, or 52.2%. For the years ended May 31, 2017 and 2016, gross profit margins amounted to 51.6% and 41.5%, respectively. The increase in gross profit margins in 2017 and compared to 2016 was attributable to a decrease in overall product costs related to cost efficiencies obtained as a result of increases in quantities purchased.

 

For the year ended May 31, 2017 and 2016, we incurred operating expenses of $838,632 and $912,089, respectively, and a net loss of $(538,777) and $(773,658), respectively. The operating expenses are costs related to marketing and selling expenses, compensation and related taxes, professional and consulting fees, and general and administrative costs. Operating expenses decreased by approximately $73,000 or 8% primarily due to a decreased stock based consulting expenses related to business advisory service agreements and decreased in compensation due to decrease in full time employees offset by increase in marketing and selling expenses due to increase marketing efforts and awareness of our products, increase legal expenses related to applications of our trademarks and increase in general administrative expenses primarily attributable to increase rent and travel expenses.

 

Other expenses decrease by approximately $58,000 or 99% primarily due to decrease interest expense as a result of the payment of the note payable in December 2015.

 

  39  

Table of Contents  

 

For the Three Months Ended August 31, 2017

 

Our results of operations for the three months ended August 31, 2017 and 2016. are summarized below.

 

   

Three Months Ended

August 31,
2017

    Three Months Ended
August 31,
2016
 
Revenues   $ 111,245     $ 166,137  
Cost of Sales   $ 44,505     $ 69,691  
Total operating expenses   $ 192,435     $ 209,478  
Loss from operations   $ (125,695 )   $ (113,032 )
Net loss   $ (126,729 )   $ (113,032 )

 

For the three months ended August 31, 2017, revenues decreased by approximately $55,000, or 33%, as compared to the three months ended August 31, 2016, which is primarily due to decrease in sales to three of our wholesale distributors based on cyclical ordering patterns of existing customers.

 

Cost of sales includes the cost of product and shipping fee. For the three months ended August 31, 2017, cost of sales decreased by approximately $25,000, or 36%, as compared to the year ended August 31, 2016. The decrease is primarily attributable to decrease in sales during the three months ended August 31, 2017.

 

For the three months ended August 31, 2017, gross profit amounted to approximately $67,000 as compared to $96,000, a decrease of approximately $30,000, or 30%. For the three months ended August 31, 2017 and 2016, gross profit margins were consistent at 59% and 58%, respectively.

 

For the three months ended August 31, 2017 and 2016, we incurred operating expenses of $192,435 and $209,478, respectively, and a net loss of $(126,729) and $(113,032), respectively. The operating expenses are costs related to marketing and selling expenses, compensation and related taxes, professional and consulting fees, and general and administrative costs. Operating expenses decreased by approximately $17,000 or 8% primarily due to a decreased stock based consulting expenses related to business advisory service agreements, decreased in compensation due to decrease in full time employees and decrease marketing expenses due to decrease freight out delivery offset by increase in professional and consulting expenses due to increase accounting expenses related to our public filings and increase in general administrative expenses primarily attributable to increase rent and travel expenses.

 

Other expense increase by approximately $1,000 or 100% primarily due to increase interest expense related to business credit card financing charges.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

For the Year Ended May 31, 2017 and 2016  

 

The following table provides detailed information about our net cash flows presented in the financial statements for the years ended May 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

    For the
year Ended
May 31,
2017
    For the
year Ended
May 31,
2016
 
Cash Flows                
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (369,965 )   $ (321,733 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (5,458 )     (3,673 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     422,600       692,459  
Net change in cash   $ 47,177     $ 367,053  

 

For the Three Months Ended August 31, 2017 and 2016

 

The following table provides detailed information about our net cash flows:

 

   

For the
Three Months

Ended
August 31,

2017

    For the
Three Months Ended
August 31,
2016
 

Cash Flows

           
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (198,125 )   $ (36,108 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (468 )     -  
Net cash provided by financing activities     150       710,000  
Net change in cash   $ (198,443 )   $ 673,892  

  40  

Table of Contents  

 

We are an emerging growth company and currently engaged in our initial product sales and development. We have an accumulated deficit and have incurred operating losses since our inception and expect losses to continue during fiscal year 2018. This raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent on the Company’s ability to raise additional capital and implement its business plan. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

 

Operating Activities

 

For the Year Ended May 31, 2017 and 2016

 

Cash used in operating activities for the year end May 31, 2017 consisted of net loss as well as the effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities as well as adjustments to reconcile net to loss to net cash used in operating activities. Cash used in operating activities of $(369,965) consisted of a net loss of $(538,777). The net loss was partially offset by reconciliation of depreciation of $1,386, bad debt of $810, stock based compensation $131,342, inventory obsolescence of $7,230 and net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $28,044 primarily from a decrease in inventory, advances to suppliers and increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

 

Cash used in operating activities for the year end May 31, 2016 consisted of net loss as well as the effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities as well as adjustments to reconcile net to loss to net cash used in operating activities. Cash used in operating activities of $(321,733) consisted of a net loss of $(773,658). The net loss was partially offset by reconciliation of depreciation of $490, inventory obsolescence of $11,993, stock based compensation of $470,674, amortization of debt discount of $53,151, offset by the net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $86,865 primarily due to increase in inventory, advance to suppliers, and decrease accounts payable and accrued expenses.

 

For the Three Months Ended August 31, 2017 and 2016

 

Cash used in operating activities for the three months ended August 31, 2017 consisted of net loss as well as the effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities as well as adjustments to reconcile net to loss to net cash used in operating activities. Cash used in operating activities of $(198,125) consisted of a net loss of $(126,729). The net loss was partially offset by reconciliation of depreciation of $596, bad debt of $1,540, stock based compensation $27,396, offset by net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $100,928 primarily from an increase in inventory, advances to suppliers and increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

 

Cash used in operating activities for the three months ended August 31, 2016 consisted of net loss as well as the effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities as well as adjustments to reconcile net to loss to net cash used in operating activities. Cash used in operating activities of $(36,108) consisted of a net loss of $(113,032). The net loss was partially offset by reconciliation of depreciation of $183, stock based compensation of $91,409 offset by the net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $14,668 primarily due to an increase in inventory, decrease advance to suppliers and accounts payable and accrued expenses.

 

Investing Activities

 

For the Year Ended May 31, 2017 and 2016

 

For the year ended May 31, 2017 and 2016, we derived cash flow from investing activities of $(5,458) and $(3,673), respectively, consisting of purchases of equipment and property.

 

For the Three Months Ended August 31, 2017 and 2016

 

For the three months ended August 31, 2017 and 2016, we derived cash flow from investing activities of $(468) and $0, respectively, consisting of purchases of equipment and property.

 

Financing Activities 

 

For the Year Ended May 31, 2017 and 2016

 

For the year ended May 31, 2017 we raised $422,501 from the sale of our common shares to investors for cash consideration. We also had capital contribution of $99 from a related party for a total of $422,600.

 

For the year ended May 31, 2016 we raised $792,459 from the sale of our common shares to investors for cash consideration. This was offset by payment of $100,000 for a note payable.

 

We currently have no external sources of liquidity, such as arrangements with credit institutions or off-balance sheet arrangements that will have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition or immediate access to capital.

 

We are dependent on our product sales to fund our operations, and may require the sale of additional common stock to maintain operations. Our officers and directors have made no written commitments with respect to providing a source of liquidity in the form of cash advances, loans, and/or financial guarantees.

 

  41  

Table of Contents  

 

If we are unable to raise the funds required to fund our operations, we will seek alternative financing through other means, such as borrowings from institutions or private individuals. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise the capital we need for our operations from the sale of our securities. We have not located any sources for these funds and may not be able to do so in the future. We expect that we will seek additional financing in the future. However, we may not be able to obtain additional capital or generate sufficient revenues to fund our operations. If we are unsuccessful at raising sufficient funds, for whatever reason, to fund our operations, we may be forced to cease operations. If we fail to raise funds, we expect that we will be required to seek protection from creditors under applicable bankruptcy laws.

 

For the Three Months Ended August 31, 2017 and 2016

 

For the three months ended August 31, 2017 we received advances from related party of $150.

 

For the three months ended August 31, 2016 we raised $710,000 from the sale of our common shares to investors for cash consideration of $35,000 and from issuance of note payable –related party of $675,000.

 

We currently have no external sources of liquidity, such as arrangements with credit institutions or off-balance sheet arrangements that will have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition or immediate access to capital.

 

We are dependent on our product sales to fund our operations, and may require the sale of additional common stock to maintain operations. Our officers and directors have made no written commitments with respect to providing a source of liquidity in the form of cash advances, loans, and/or financial guarantees.

 

If we are unable to raise the funds required to fund our operations, we will seek alternative financing through other means, such as borrowings from institutions or private individuals. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise the capital we need for our operations from the sale of our securities. We have not located any sources for these funds and may not be able to do so in the future. We expect that we will seek additional financing in the future. However, we may not be able to obtain additional capital or generate sufficient revenues to fund our operations. If we are unsuccessful at raising sufficient funds, for whatever reason, to fund our operations, we may be forced to cease operations. If we fail to raise funds, we expect that we will be required to seek protection from creditors under applicable bankruptcy laws.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results or operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.

 

Seasonality

 

We do not believe our business is subject to substantial seasonal fluctuations. We may experience lower sales in difficult economic scenarios, but we do not foresee the seasonality of our products to be a significant factor. Seasonality trends could however have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations in the future, but we are not currently aware of the total impact that could result.

 

Inflation

 

Our business and operating results are not affected in any material way by inflation.

 

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

 

We currently lease just over 7,000 square feet at our facility in El Monte, California for approximately $7,000 per month. Our current El Monte facility lease term is for 37 months with the commencement date of October 1, 2016. It serves as our administrative and storage, packing and shipping facility. A copy of our lease agreement can be found as Exhibit 10.2.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

In August 2016, the Company received loan proceeds of $675,000 from Shircoo, Inc. The Company may prepay the loan in full during the first 60 days without incurring any interest on the balance. However, interest-free period shall cease on October 1, 2016 at which time the note accrues interest at a rate of 8% per annum. The Company paid off this loan in September 2016 and the Company did not incur any interest charges. Shircoo, Inc. is an affiliated company managed by the brother of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Max Toghraie.

 

During the year ended May 31, 2016, the Company sold an aggregate of 4,400,000 shares of its common stock to Shircoo, Inc. at prices ranging from $0.03 to $0.07 per common share for proceeds of approximately $172,000. Shircoo, Inc.is managed by the brother of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Max Toghraie.

   

  42  

Table of Contents  

 

During the year ended May 31, 2016, the Company sold an aggregate of 3,430,000 shares of its common stock to Shircoo, Inc. at prices ranging from $0.03 to $0.07 per common share for proceeds of approximately $120,100. Shircoo, Inc. is managed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Max Toghraie.

 

During the year ended May 31, 2016, the Company issued 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to Shircoo, Inc. pursuant to a consulting agreement related to marketing and business advisory services. The term of the consulting agreement was for 12 months. The Company valued these common shares at the fair value of $150,000 based on the sale of common stock in the recent private placement at $0.03 per common share. Shircoo, Inc. is managed by the brother of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Max Toghraie.

 

During the year ended May 31, 2016, the Company issued 3,200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to Shircoo, Inc. pursuant to a consulting agreement related to marketing and business advisory services. The term of the consulting agreement was for 12 months. The Company valued these common shares at the fair value of $96,000 based on the sale of common stock in the recent private placement at $0.03 per common share. Shircoo, Inc. company is managed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Max Toghraie.

 

During the year ended May 31, 2017, the Company sold 1,010,000 shares of its common stock to Shircoo, Inc. at $0.25 per common share for proceeds of approximately $253,000. Shircoo, Inc. is managed by the brother of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Max Toghraie.

 

Corporate Governance and Director Independence

 

Our Board of Directors has not established Audit, Compensation, and Nominating or Governance Committees as standing committees. The Board does not have an executive committee or any committees performing a similar function. We are not currently listed on a national securities exchange or in an inter-dealer quotation system that has requirements that a majority of the board of directors be independent. Our Directors have determined that they are not “independent” under the definition set forth in the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market, which is the definition that the Board has chosen to use for the purposes of the determining independence, as the OTCQB does not provide such a definition. Therefore, our directors are not independent.

 

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Market Information

 

There is no established public trading market for our securities and a regular trading market may not develop, or if developed, may not be sustained. A shareholder in all likelihood, therefore, will not be able to resell his or her securities should he or she desire to do so when eligible for public resale. Furthermore, it is unlikely that a lending institution will accept our securities as pledged collateral for loans unless a regular trading market develops.

 

Penny Stock Considerations

 

Our shares will be "penny stocks", as that term is generally defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to mean equity securities with a price of less than $5.00 per share. Thus, our shares will be subject to rules that impose sales practice and disclosure requirements on broker-dealers who engage in certain transactions involving a penny stock.

 

Under the penny stock regulations, a broker-dealer selling a penny stock to anyone other than an established customer must make a special suitability determination regarding the purchaser and must receive the purchaser's written consent to the transaction prior to the sale, unless the broker-dealer is otherwise exempt.

 

In addition, under the penny stock regulations, the broker-dealer is required to:

 

  deliver, prior to any transaction involving a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the penny stock market, unless the broker-dealer or the transaction is otherwise exempt;

 

  disclose commissions payable to the broker-dealer and our registered representatives and current bid and offer quotations for the securities;

 

  send monthly statements disclosing recent price information pertaining to the penny stock held in a customer's account, the account's value, and information regarding the limited market in penny stocks; and

 

  make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser's written agreement to the transaction, prior to conducting any penny stock transaction in the customer's account.

 

  43  

Table of Contents  

 

Because of these regulations, broker-dealers may encounter difficulties in their attempt to sell shares of our common stock, which may affect the ability of selling shareholders or other holders to sell their shares in the secondary market, and have the effect of reducing the level of trading activity in the secondary market. These additional sales practice and disclosure requirements could impede the sale of our securities, if our securities become publicly traded. In addition, the liquidity for our securities may be decreased, with a corresponding decrease in the price of our securities. Our shares in all probability will be subject to such penny stock rules and our shareholders will, in all likelihood, find it difficult to sell their securities. 

 

OTCQB Qualification for Quotation

 

To have our shares of common stock on the OTC Market, a market maker must file an application on our behalf in order to make a market for our common stock. We have engaged in preliminary discussions with a FINRA Market Maker to file our application on Form 211 with FINRA, but as of the date of this Prospectus, no filing has been made. Based upon our counsel's prior experience, we anticipate that after this registration statement is declared effective, it will take approximately 2 - 8 weeks for FINRA to issue a trading symbol and allow sales of our common stock under Rule 144.

 

Sales of Our Common Stock Under Rule 144

 

We presently have 40,505,047 common shares outstanding. Of these shares 7,285,338 common shares are held by non-affiliates and 33,219,709 common shares are held by affiliates, which Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, defines as restricted securities. None of our outstanding shares are eligible for resale under Rule 144.

 


We are registering 3,590,532, common shares held by non-affiliates. We are not registering shares held by affiliates. The remaining non-affiliate shares as well as all of the remaining affiliates’ shares will still be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144. In general, persons holding restricted securities, including affiliates, must hold their shares for a period of at least six (6) months, may not sell more than one (1) percent of the total issued and outstanding shares in any 90-day period, and must resell the shares in an unsolicited brokerage transaction at the market price. The availability for sale of substantial amounts of common stock under Rule 144 could reduce prevailing market prices for our securities.

 

Holders

 

As of the date of this registration statement, we had 75 shareholders of record of our common stock.

 

Dividends

 

We have not declared any cash dividends on our common stock since our inception and do not anticipate paying such dividends in the foreseeable future. We plan to retain any future earnings for use in our business. Any decisions as to future payments of dividends will depend on our earnings and financial position and such other facts, as the board of directors deems relevant.

  

Transfer Agent

 

Our transfer agent is West Coast Stock Transfer located at 721 N. Vulcan Ave. Ste. 205 Encinitas, CA 92024. Their telephone number is (619) 664-4780 and their website is located at http://www.westcoaststocktransfer.com.

 

Reports to Shareholders

 

As a result of this offering and assuming the registration statement is declared effective before January 15, 2018, as required under Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we will file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission through January 15, 2018, including a Form 10-Q for the six months ended November 31, 2017, assuming this registration statement is declared effective before that date. At or prior to January 15, 2017, we intend voluntarily to file a registration statement on Form 8-A which will subject us to all of the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act. This will require us to file quarterly and annual reports with the SEC and will also subject us to the proxy rules of the SEC. In addition, our officers, directors, and ten percent (10%) stockholders will be required to submit reports to the SEC on their stock ownership and stock trading activity. We are not required under Section 12(g) or otherwise to become a mandatory 1934 Act filer unless we have more than 500 shareholders and total assets of more than $10 million on May 31, 2018. If we do not file a registration statement on Form 8-A at or prior to May 31, 2018, we will continue as a voluntary reporting company and will not be subject to the proxy statement or other information requirements of the 1934 Act, our securities can no longer be quoted on the OTC Quotation Board, and our officers, directors, and ten percent (10%) stockholders will not be required to submit reports to the SEC on their stock ownership and stock trading activity. We will deliver an annual report to our security holders that will include audited financial statements regardless of whether we are obligated to do so.

 

  44  

Table of Contents  

 

Where You Can Find Additional Information

  

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1. For further information about us and the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering, please refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. The registration statement and exhibits and any materials we file with the Commission may be read and copied, at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F St., N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, on official business days during the hours of 10 a.m. to 3 p.m. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the Commission and state the address of that site ( http://www.sec.gov ). Our registration statement and other information we file with the SEC is available at the web site maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov .

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The table below summarizes all compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our Principal Executive Officer, our two most highly compensated executive officers who occupied such position at the end of our latest fiscal year and up to two additional executive officers who would have been included in the table below except for the fact that they were not executive officers at the end of our latest fiscal year, by us, or by any third party where the purpose of a transaction was to furnish compensation, for all services rendered in all capacities to us for the periods ended May 31, 2017, May 31, 2016 and May 31, 2015.

 

Name and Principal Position   Year
Ended
May 31
  Salary   Bonus   Stock Awards(1)   Option
Awards
  Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
Earnings
  Non-
Qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
  All Other
Compensation
  Total
Jeff Toghraie, Chief Executive Officer & Director(2)   2017   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-
    2016   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-
    2015   -0-   -0-   4,932,000   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   $345,240
                                     
Sunook Park, Chief Creative Officer   2017   -0-   -0-   51,000   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   $12,750
    2016   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-
    2015   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-
                                     
Chris Go, Secretary   2017   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-
    2016   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-
    2015   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-
                                     
Jeff Brown, Chief Operating Officer   2017   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-
    2016   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-
    2015   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-
                                     
Donald Starace, President   2017   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-
    2016   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-
    2015   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-   -0-

 

(1) Stock Award valuations are based upon the offering of common stock most recently sold at the time of the issuance. Specifically, issuances in 2015 were based upon $0.07 per share while issuances in 2017 were based upon $0.25 per share.

 

(2) Jeff Toghraie is the Managing Member of Intrepid Global Advisors that provided Advisory services for the Company in 2015 in exchange for shares.

 

  45  

Table of Contents  

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at the End of the Fiscal Year

 

We do not have and have never had any equity compensation plans and therefore no equity awards are outstanding as of the date of this registration statement. 

 

Directors Compensation

 

Our directors do not receive any other compensation for serving on the board of directors.

 

Bonuses and Deferred Compensation

 

Per our current agreements with our officers and directors, we may pay applicable bonuses in addition as are awarded by the Board of Directors from time to time based on performance, which may either be paid in stock or cash at the discretion of the Board.

 

Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

 

We do not currently have a stock option or other equity incentive plan. We may adopt one or more such programs in the future.

 

Payment of Post-Termination Compensation

 

We do not have change-in-control agreements with any of our directors or executive officers, and we are not obligated to pay severance or other enhanced benefits to executive officers upon termination of their employment.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

There have been no events under any bankruptcy act, no criminal proceedings, no judgments, injunctions, orders, or decrees material to the evaluation of the ability and integrity of any of our directors, executive officers, promoters, or control persons during the past ten (10) years.

 

Board of Directors

 

All directors hold office until the expiration of their term and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

 

  46  

Table of Contents  

 

Our directors are reimbursed for expenses incurred by them in connection with attending board meetings, but they do not receive any other compensation for serving on the board of directors.

 

Name and
Principal
Position
  Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable     Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable     Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#)     Option Exercise Price ($)     Option Expiration Date     Number of Shares of Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)     Market
Value
of
Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
($)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market
or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
($)
 
Jeff Toghraie     0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Nancy Hundt     0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  

 

Employment Agreements with Management

  

Our board of directors determines the compensation paid to our executive officers based upon the years of service to us, whether services are provided on a full-time basis and the experience and level of skill required.

 

We may award our officers and directors shares of common stock as non-cash compensation as determined by the board of directors from time to time. The board will base its decision to grant common stock as compensation on the level of skill required to perform the services rendered and time committed to providing services to us.

 

At no time during the last fiscal year with respect to any person listed in the Table above was there:

 

Any outstanding option or other equity-based award re-priced or otherwise materially modified (such as by extension of exercise periods, the change of vesting or forfeiture conditions, the change or elimination of applicable performance criteria, or the change of the bases upon which returns are determined);

 

Any waiver or modification of any specified performance target, goal, or condition to payout with respect to any amount included in non-stock incentive plan compensation or payouts;

 

Any option or equity grant;

 

Any non-equity incentive plan award made to a named executive officer;

 

Any nonqualified deferred compensation plans including nonqualified defined contribution plans; or

 

Any payment for any item to be included under in the Summary Compensation Table.

  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

  47  

Table of Contents  

 

 

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Years Ended

May 31, 2017 and 2016

 

and

 

Three Months Ended

August 31, 2017 and 2016

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  F- 1  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

May 31, 2017 and 2016

 

CONTENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-3
   
Financial Statements:  
   
Balance Sheets - As of May 31, 2017 and 2016 F-4
   
Statement of Operations - For the years ended May 31, 2017 and 2016 F-5
   
Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity - For the years ended May 31, 2017 and 2016 F-6
   
Statement of Cash Flows - For the years ended May 31, 2017 and 2016 F-7
   
Notes to Financial Statements F-8

 

  F- 2  

Table of Contents  

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of:

Reviv3 Procare Company.

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Reviv3 Procare Company as of May 31, 2017 and 2016 and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended May 31, 2017. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Reviv3 Procare Company as of May 31, 2017 and 2016 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended May 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has a net loss and cash used in operations of $538,777 and $369,965 in 2017 and has an accumulated deficit of $4,145,628 at May 31, 2017. These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s Plan in regard to these matters is also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

/s/ Salberg & Company, P.A.

 

SALBERG & COMPANY, P.A.

Boca Raton, Florida

October 6, 2017

 

 

 

2295 NW Corporate Blvd., Suite 240 • Boca Raton, FL 33431-7328

Phone: (561) 995-8270 • Toll Free: (866) CPA-8500 • Fax: (561) 995-1920

www.salbergco.com • info@salbergco.com

Member National Association of Certified Valuation Analysts • Registered with the PCAOB

Member CPAConnect with Affiliated Offices Worldwide • Member AICPA Center for Audit Quality

 

  F- 3  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

BALANCE SHEETS

                 

    May 31,  
    2017     2016  
ASSETS            
CURRENT ASSETS:                
Cash   $ 416,873     $ 369,696  
Accounts receivable, net     32,703       29,072  
Inventory     129,794       148,719  
Advance to suppliers     16,135       30,348  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     18,089       106,811  
Deposit     -       9,455  
                 
Total Current Assets     613,594       694,101  
                 
OTHER ASSETS:                
Property and equipment, net     7,255       3,183  
Deposits     14,849       -  
                 
Total Other Assets     22,104       3,183  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 635,698     $ 697,284  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
                 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 62,968     $ 27,539  
Customer deposits     20,246       37,704  
                 
Total Current Liabilities     83,214       65,243  
                 
Total Liabilities     83,214       65,243  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 7)                
                 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:                
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding     -       -  

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 100,000,000 shares authorized; 39,679,047 and 38,150,981 shares issued and outstanding as of May 31, 2017 and 2016

    3,968       3,815  
Additional paid-in capital     4,694,144       4,235,077  
Accumulated deficit     (4,145,628 )     (3,606,851 )
                 
Total Stockholders’ Equity     552,484       632,041  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 635,698     $ 697,284  

 

 See accompanying notes to financial statements.    

 

  F- 4  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

 STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

    For the Years Ended  
    May 31,
2017
    May 31,
2016
 
             
Sales   $ 582,005     $ 475,756  
                 
Cost of sales     281,579       278,347  
                 
Gross profit     300,426       197,409  
                 
OPERATING EXPENSES:                
Marketing and selling expenses     103,602       70,484  
Compensation and related taxes     87,132       125,643  
Professional and consulting expenses     403,883       531,558  
General and administrative     244,015       184,404  
                 
Total Operating Expenses     838,632       912,089  
                 
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS     (538,206 )     (714,680 )
                 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):                
Interest income     5       -  
Gain on settlement of debt     -       6,551  
Interest expense     (576 )     (65,529 )
                 
Other Income (Expense), Net     (571 )     (58,978 )
                 
LOSS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     (538,777 )     (773,658 )
                 
Provision for income taxes     -       -  
                 
NET LOSS   $ (538,777 )   $ (773,658 )
                 
NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE - Basic and diluted   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.03 )
                 
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING:                
Basic and diluted     38,402,291       28,399,900  

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

  F- 5  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 2017 and 2016

 

                      Additional           Total  
    Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Paid-in     Accumulated     Stockholders’  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Equity  
                                           
Balance, May 31, 2015         -     $    -       7,446,148     $ 745     $ 2,865,721     $ (2,833,193 )   $ 33,273  
                                                         
Issuance of common stock for cash     -       -       11,455,333       1,145       791,314       -       792,459  
                                                         
Issuance of common stock for services     -       -       19,249,500       1,925       575,560       -       577,485  
                                                         
Stock warrants issued for settlement of debt     -       -       -       -       2,482       -       2,482  
                                                         
Net Loss     -       -       -       -       -       (773,658 )     (773,658 )
                                                         
Balance, May 31, 2016     -       -       38,150,981       3,815       4,235,077       (3,606,851 )     632,041  
                                                         
Issuance of common stock for cash     -       -       1,419,066       142       422,359       -       422,501  
                                                         
Issuance of common stock for services     -       -       109,000       11       36,609       -       36,620  
                                                         
Capital contribution     -       -       -       -       99       -       99  
                                                         
Net Loss     -       -       -       -       -       (538,777 )     (538,777 )
                                                         
Balance, May 31, 2017     -     $ -       39,679,047     $ 3,968     $ 4,694,144     $ (4,145,628 )   $ 552,484  

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

  F- 6  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    For the Years Ended  
    May 31,
2017
    May 31,
2016
 
             
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                
Net loss   $ (538,777 )   $ (773,658 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Depreciation     1,386       490  
Bad debts     810       -  
Inventory obsolescence     7,230       11,993  
Stock based compensation     131,342       470,674  
Amortization of debt discount     -       53,151  
Gain on debt settlement     -       (6,551
Change in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable     (4,441 )     8,302  
Inventory     11,695       (62,264 )
Advance to suppliers     14,213       (30,348 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     (6,000 )     -  
Deposits     (5,394 )     -  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     35,429       (9,722 )
Customer deposits     (17,458 )     16,200  
                 
NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES     (369,965 )     (321,733 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                
Purchase of property and equipment     (5,458 )     (3,673 )
                 
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES     (5,458 )     (3,673 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                
Issuance of common stock for cash     422,501       792,459  
Note payable proceeds from related party     675,000       -  
Repayment of note payable to related party     (675,000 )     -  
Repayment of note payable     -       (100,000 )
Capital contribution     99       -  
                 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES     422,600       692,459  
                 
NET INCREASE IN CASH     47,177       367,053  
                 
CASH - Beginning of year     369,696       2,643  
                 
CASH - End of year   $ 416,873     $ 369,696  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:                
Cash paid during the period for:                
Interest   $ -     $ 9,000  
Income taxes   $ -     $ -  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                
Issuance of common stock for prepaid services   $ 12,089     $ 106,811  

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

  F- 7  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MAY 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Note 1 – Organization

 

Reviv3 Procare Company (the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on May 21, 2015 as a reorganization of Reviv3 Procare, LLC which was organized on July 31, 2013. The Company is engaged in the manufacturing, marketing, sale and distribution of professional quality hair and skin care products throughout the United States, Canada, Europe, and Asia.

 

On September 14, 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a reverse stock split of the Company’s Common Stock at a ratio of 1-for-4 (the “Reverse Stock Split”) including shares issuable upon conversion of the Company’s outstanding convertible securities. All share and per share values of the Company’s common stock for all periods presented in the accompanying financial statements are retroactively restated for the effect of the Reverse Stock Split in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin 4C.

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Going Concern

 

As reflected in the accompanying financial statements, the Company has a net loss and net cash used in operations of $538,777 and $369,965, respectively, for the year ended May 31, 2017. Additionally, the Company has an accumulated deficit of $4,145,628 at May 31, 2017. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of 12 months from the issuance date of this report. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent on the Company’s ability to implement its business plan, raise capital, and generate sufficient revenue; however, the Company’s cash position may not be sufficient to support its daily operations. Management intends to raise additional funds by way of a private or public offering. While the Company believes in the viability of its strategy to further implement its business plan and generate sufficient revenue and in its ability to raise additional funds, there can be no assurances to that effect. The financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, and the related disclosures at the date of the financial statements and during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates. Significant estimates made by management include, but are not limited to, the allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory valuations, the useful life of property and equipment, the valuation of deferred tax assets, the value of stock-based compensation, and the fair value of non-cash common stock issuances. 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments and other short-term investments with maturities of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents.  The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances at one financial institution that is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

 

The Company has a policy of providing on allowance for doubtful accounts based on its best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in its existing accounts receivable.  The Company periodically reviews its accounts receivable to determine whether an allowance is necessary based on an analysis of past due accounts and other factors that may indicate that the realization of an account may be in doubt.  Account balances deemed to be uncollectible are charged to bad debt expense and included in the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. As of May 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had recorded $810 and $0 in the allowance for doubtful accounts, respectively. The Company recorded bad debt expense of $810 and $0 during the years ended May 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets of $18,089 and $106,811 at May 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, consist primarily of costs paid for future services which will occur within a year. Prepaid expenses primarily included prepayments in common stock for consulting services which are being amortized over the terms of their respective agreements.

 

  F- 8  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MAY 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Note 2 – Significant and Critical Accounting Policies and Practices (continued)  

 

Advances to suppliers

 

Advances to a supplier represents the cash paid in advance for installment payments for the purchase of inventory. The advances to a supplier are interest free and unsecured. As of May 31, 2017 and 2016, advances to the Company’s major supplier amounted $16,135 and $30,348, respectively. Upon shipment of the purchase inventory, the Company reclassifies such advances to supplier into inventory. 

 

Inventory

 

The Company values inventory, consisting of finished goods and raw materials, at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using an average cost method. The Company reduces inventory for the diminution of value, resulting from product obsolescence, damage or other issues affecting marketability, equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and its net realizable value. The Company evaluates its current level of inventory considering historical sales and other factors and, based on this evaluation, classifies inventory markdowns in the statement of operations as a component of cost of goods sold. These markdowns are estimates, which could vary significantly from actual requirements if future economic conditions, customer demand or competition differ from expectations.

  

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The cost of repairs and maintenance is expensed as incurred; major replacements and improvements are capitalized.  When assets are retired or disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed, and any resulting gains or losses are included in the statement of operations.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company follows paragraph 605-10-S99-1 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for revenue recognition. The Company will recognize revenue when it is realized or realizable and earned. The Company considers revenue realized or realizable and earned when all of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the product has been shipped, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

 

Consideration paid to promote and sell the Company’s products to customers is typically recorded as a reduction in revenues in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) ASC 605-50-45-2, Revenue Recognition—Customer Payments and Incentives.

 

Cost of Sales

 

The primary components of cost of sales include the cost of the product and shipping fees.

 

Shipping and Handling Costs

 

The Company accounts for shipping and handling fees in accordance with paragraph 605-45-45-19 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. While amounts charged to customers for shipping products are included in revenues, the related costs of shipping products to customers are classified in marketing and selling expenses as incurred. Shipping costs included in marketing and selling expense were $41,834 and $37,962 for the years ended May 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Marketing, selling, and advertising

 

Marketing, selling, and advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Customer Deposits

 

Customer deposits consisted of prepayments from customers to the Company. The Company will recognize the prepayments as revenue upon delivery of products in compliance with its revenue recognition policy.

 

  F- 9  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MAY 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Note 2 – Significant and Critical Accounting Policies and Practices (continued)

 

Fair value measurements and fair value of financial instruments

 

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”), for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that requires the use of fair value measurements, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements. The adoption of ASC 820 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or operating results, but did expand certain disclosures. ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

 

These inputs are prioritized below: 

 

Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2: Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data
Level 3: Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

 

The Company analyzes all financial instruments with features of both liabilities and equity under the Financial Accounting Standard Board’s (“FASB”) accounting standard for such instruments. Under this standard, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

The estimated fair value of certain financial instruments, including prepaid expenses, deposits, accounts payable and accrued expenses are carried at historical cost basis, which approximates their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to the provision of ASC 740-10, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASC 740-10”), which requires, among other things, an asset and liability approach to calculating deferred income taxes. The asset and liability approach requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is provided to offset any net deferred tax assets for which management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred asset will not be realized.

  

The Company follows the provision of ASC 740-10 related to Accounting for Uncertain Income Tax Positions. When tax returns are filed, there may be uncertainty about the merits of positions taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. In accordance with the guidance of ASC 740-10, the benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions.

 

Tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold are measured at the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefit associated with tax positions taken that exceed the amount measured as described above should be reflected as a liability for uncertain tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. The Company believes its tax positions are all more likely than not to be upheld upon examination. As such, the Company has not recorded a liability for uncertain tax benefits.

 

The Company has adopted ASC 740-10-25, “Definition of Settlement”, which provides guidance on how an entity should determine whether a tax position is effectively settled for the purpose of recognizing previously unrecognized tax benefits and provides that a tax position can be effectively settled upon the completion and examination by a taxing authority without being legally extinguished. For tax positions considered effectively settled, an entity would recognize the full amount of tax benefit, even if the tax position is not considered more likely than not to be sustained based solely on the basis of its technical merits and the statute of limitations remains open.  The federal and state income tax returns of the Company are subject to examination by the IRS and state taxing authorities, generally for three years after they are filed.

 

  F- 10  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MAY 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Note 2 – Significant and Critical Accounting Policies and Practices (continued)

 

Impairment of long-lived assets  

 

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable, or at least annually. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the sum of expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. The amount of impairment is measured as the difference between the asset’s estimated fair value and its book value. The Company did not record any impairment losses during the years ended May 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

Stock-based compensation is accounted for based on the requirements of the Share-Based Payment Topic of ASC 718, “Compensation — Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”), which requires recognition in the financial statements of the cost of employee and director services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments over the period the employee or director is required to perform the services in exchange for the award (presumptively, the vesting period). ASC 718 also requires measurement of the cost of employee and director services received in exchange for an award based on the grant-date fair value of the award.

 

Pursuant to ASC Topic 505-50, “Equity Based Payments to Non-employees”, for share-based payments to consultants and other third-parties, compensation expense is determined at the measurement date. The expense is recognized over the vesting period of the award. Until the measurement date is reached, the total amount of compensation expense remains uncertain. The Company initially records compensation expense based on the fair value of the award at the reporting date.

 

Net loss per share of common stock

 

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period. At May 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has none and 430,000, respectively, potentially dilutive securities outstanding related to common stock warrants. Those potentially dilutive common stock equivalents were excluded from the dilutive loss per share calculation as they would be antidilutive due to the net loss.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842). The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases. The new guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those annual periods and is applied retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not believe the guidance will have a material impact on its financial statements.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-4, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other” (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. When an indication of impairment was identified after performing the first step of the goodwill impairment test, Step 2 required that an entity determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities (including unrecognized assets and liabilities) using the same procedure that would be required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Under the amendments in ASU No. 2017-4, an entity would perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value. An entity would recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. In addition, an entity must consider income tax effects from any tax-deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. A public business entity that is a SEC filer should adopt the amendments in ASU No. 2017-4 for its annual, or any interim, good will impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company does not believe the guidance will have a material impact on its financial statements.

 

  F- 11  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MAY 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Note 2 – Significant and Critical Accounting Policies and Practices (continued)

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements (continued)

 

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11 “Earnings Per Share” (Topic 260). The amendments in the update change the classification of certain equity-linked financial instruments (or embedded features) with down round features. The amendments also clarify existing disclosure requirements for equity-classified instruments. For freestanding equity-classified financial instruments, the amendments require entities that present earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with Topic 260, Earnings Per Share, to recognize the effect of the down round feature when it is triggered. That effect is treated as a dividend and as a reduction of income available to common shareholders in basic EPS. Convertible instruments with embedded conversion options that have down round features would be subject to the specialized guidance for contingent beneficial conversion features (in Subtopic 470-20, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options), including related EPS guidance (in Topic 260). For public business entities, the amendments in Part I of this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company does not believe the guidance will have a material impact on its financial statements.

 

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the financial statements upon adoption. The Company does not discuss recent pronouncements that are not anticipated to have an impact on or are unrelated to its financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures.

 

Note 3 – Inventory

 

Inventory consisted of the following:

 

    May 31,
2017
    May 31,
2016
 
             
Finished goods   $ 82,494     $ 105,778  
Raw materials     47,300       42,941  
    $ 129,794     $ 148,719  

 

In fiscal 2017 and 2016, the Company wrote down inventory for obsolescence and slow-moving inventory for $7,230 and $11,993, respectively, which is included in cost of sales.

 

Note 4 – Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment, stated at cost, consisted of the following:

 

    Estimated life   May 31,
2017
    May 31,
2016
 
                 
Furniture and fixtures   5 years   $ 5,398     $ 3,673  
Computer equipment   3 years     3,733       -  
Less: Accumulated depreciation         (1,876 )     (490 )
        $ 7,255     $ 3,183  

 

Depreciation expense amounted to $1,386 and $490 for the years ended May 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

 

Note 5 – Loan and Note Payable

 

In December 2014, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement, providing for the issuance of a note in the principal amount of $100,000 to an unrelated party. The note was due on December 11, 2015. The annual interest rate for the note was 12%. The Note was convertible any time after the issuance date of the note at $0.10 per share. The Company granted the note holder 250,000 warrants in connection with the issuance of this note. The warrants had a term of 2 years from the date of grant and was exercisable at an exercise price of $1.00. The Company accounted for the warrants by using the relative fair value method. The total debt discount consisted of beneficial conversion feature of approximately $40,000 and relative fair value of the warrants of approximately $60,000 using a Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions: stock price at valuation date of $1.08 based on recent sales price of common stock in a private placement during that time, exercise price of $1.00, dividend yield of zero, years to maturity of 2.00, a risk free rate of 0.62%, and expected volatility of 103% using volatilities of similar companies. The Company recorded amortization of debt discount of $0 and $53,151 during the years ended May 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

  F- 12  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MAY 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Note 5 – Loan and Note Payable (continued)

 

In December 2015, the Company paid off a total of $103,000 and issued an additionally negotiated 180,000 warrants in satisfaction of this note. The warrants had a term of 1 year from the date of grant and was exercisable at an exercise price of $1.38. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value the warrants using the following assumptions: stock price at valuation date of $0.25 based on recent PPM sales in December 2015, exercise price of $1.38, dividend yield of zero, years to maturity of 1.00, a risk-free rate of 0.68%, and expected volatility of 108% using volatilities of similar companies. The Company valued these warrants at $2,482 which was included in the gain on debt settlement. The Company recorded a gain from settlement of debt of $6,551 in satisfaction of the principal note of $100,000 and accrued interest of $12,033. At May 31, 2017 and 2016, the outstanding principal balance of the note was $0.

 

In August 2016, the Company received loan proceeds of $675,000 from a related party. The Company may prepay the loan in full during the first 60 days without incurring any interest on the balance. However, interest-free period shall cease on October 1, 2016 at which time the note accrues interest at a rate of 8% per annum. The Company paid off this loan in September 2016 and the Company did not incur any interest charges.

 

Note 6 – Stockholders’ Equity

 

Shares Authorized

 

The authorized capital of the Company consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

Preferred Stock

 

The preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any of the share of the preferred stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter, for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers and such designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed un the resolution adopted by the Board of Directors providing the issue of such shares. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series. In case the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

Common Stock

 

During the year ended May 31, 2016, the Company sold an aggregate of 11,455,333 shares of its common stock at prices ranging from $0.03 to $0.25 per common share for proceeds of $792,459.

 

During the year ended May 31, 2017, the Company issued an aggregate of 19,249,500 shares of the Company’s common stock to various consultants pursuant to consulting agreements related to marketing and business advisory services. The term of the consulting agreements ranges from 1 month to 12 months. The Company valued these common shares at the fair value of $577,485 based on the sale of common stock in the recent private placement at $0.03 per common share and recognized the expense over the service periods. In connection with the issuance of these common shares, the Company recorded stock based compensation of $106,811 and $470,674 for the years ended May 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

During the year ended May 31, 2017, the Company sold an aggregate of 1,419,066 shares of its common stock at prices ranging from $0.25 to $0.62 per common share for proceeds of $422,501.

 

During the year ended May 31, 2017, the Company issued an aggregate of 109,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to various consultants pursuant to consulting agreements related to marketing and business advisory services. The term of the consulting agreements ranges from 1 month to 6 months. The Company valued these common shares at the fair value of $36,620 based on the sale of common stock in the recent private placements at prices ranging from $0.25 to $0.62 per common share. In connection with the issuance of these common shares, the Company recorded stock based compensation of $24,531 for the year ended May 31, 2017 and prepaid expense of $12,089 as of May 31, 2017 to be amortized over the term of its respective consulting agreements.

 

  F- 13  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MAY 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Note 6 – Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Warrants

 

Stock warrant activities are summarized as follows: 

 

    Number of Warrants     Weighted Average Exercise Price     Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)     Aggregate Intrinsic
Value
 
Balance at May 31, 2015     250,000     $ 1.00       1.54     $ 0.59  
Granted     180,000       1.38       1.00       0.01  
Cancelled     -       -       -       -  
Balance at May 31, 2016     430,000       1.15       0.53       -  
Granted     -       -       -       -  
Expired     (430,000 )     -       -       -  
Balance at May 31, 2017     -       -       -       -  
Warrants exercisable at May 31, 2017     -     $ -       -     $ -  

 

In December 2014, the Company entered into a promissory note agreement, providing for the issuance of a note in the principal amount of $100,000 to an unrelated party. The Company granted the note holder 250,000 warrants in connection with the issuance of this note. Additionally, in December 2015, the Company issued an additional 180,000 warrants in satisfaction of this note (see Note 5).

 

Note 7 – Commitments and Contingencies

 

In September 2016, the Company executed a lease agreement in connection with its office and warehouse facility in California under operating leases for a period of 37 months commencing in October 2016 and expiring in October 2019. The Company shall pay a monthly base rent starting at $6,782 plus a pro rata share of operating expenses. The base rent is subject to an annual increase beginning in October 2017 as defined in the lease agreement. Rent expense amounted to $69,467 and $49,600 for the years ended May 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Future minimum rental payments required under this operating lease are as follows:

 

    Total     1 Year     2-3 Year     Thereafter  
Operating lease   $ 205,025     $ 83,096     $ 121,929     $        -  
Total   $ 205,025     $ 83,096     $ 121,929     $ -  

 

Note 8 – Related Party Transactions

 

In August 2016, the Company received loan proceeds of $675,000 from a related party. The Company may prepay the loan in full during the first 60 days without incurring any interest on the balance. However, interest-free period shall cease on October 1, 2016 at which time the note accrues interest at a rate of 8% per annum. The Company paid off this loan in September 2016 and the Company did not incur any interest charges. The related party is an affiliated company managed by the brother of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

During the year ended May 31, 2016, the Company sold an aggregate of 4,400,000 shares of its common stock to an affiliated company at prices ranging from $0.03 to $0.07 per common share for proceeds of approximately $172,000. The affiliated company is managed by the brother of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

During the year ended May 31, 2016, the Company sold an aggregate of 3,430,000 shares of its common stock to an affiliated company at prices ranging from $0.03 to $0.07 per common share for proceeds of approximately $120,100. The affiliated company is managed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

  F- 14  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MAY 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Note 8 – Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

During the year ended May 31, 2016, the Company issued 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to an affiliated company pursuant to a consulting agreement related to marketing and business advisory services. The term of the consulting agreement was for 12 months. The Company valued these common shares at the fair value of $150,000 based on the sale of common stock in the recent private placement at $0.03 per common share. The affiliated company is managed by the brother of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

During the year ended May 31, 2016, the Company issued 3,200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to an affiliated company pursuant to a consulting agreement related to marketing and business advisory services. The term of the consulting agreement was for 12 months. The Company valued these common shares at the fair value of $96,000 based on the sale of common stock in the recent private placement at $0.03 per common share. The affiliated company is managed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

During the year ended May 31, 2017, the Company sold 1,010,000 shares of its common stock to an affiliated company at $0.25 per common share for proceeds of approximately $253,000. The affiliated company is managed by the brother of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

Note 9 – Income taxes

 

The Company has incurred aggregate net operating losses of approximately $655,000 for income tax purposes as of May 31, 2017. The net operating loss carries forward for United States income taxes, which may be available to reduce future years’ taxable income. These carry forwards will expire, if not utilized, through 2037. Management believes that the realization of the benefits from these losses appears not more than likely due to the Company’s limited operating history and continuing losses for United States income tax purposes. Accordingly, the Company has provided a 100% valuation allowance on the deferred tax asset to reduce the asset to zero. Management will review this valuation allowance periodically and make adjustments as necessary.

 

The table below summarizes the differences between the Company’s effective tax rate and the statutory federal rate as follows: 

 

    For the
Year Ended

May 31,
2017   
    For the
Year Ended
May 31,
2016
 
Tax benefit computed at “expected” statutory rate of 34%   $ (183,200 )   $ (263,000 )
State tax benefit of 9%     (48,500 )     (69,700 )
Non-deductible expenses: Stock-based compensation     56,500       202,400  
Non-deductible expenses: Non-cash interest expense     -       23,900  
Increase in valuation allowance     175,200       106,400  
Net income tax benefit   $ -     $ -  

 

The Company has a deferred tax asset which is summarized as follows at:

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

  May 31,
2017  
    May 31,
2016
 
Net operating loss carryover   $ 281,600     $ 106,400  
Less: valuation allowance     (281,600 )     (106,400 )
Net deferred tax asset   $ -     $ -  

 

The Company provided a valuation allowance equal to the deferred income tax asset at May 31, 2017 and 2016 because it was not known whether future taxable income will be sufficient to utilize the loss carryforward. The increase in the allowance was $175,200 in fiscal 2017.

  

Additionally, the future utilization of the net operating loss carryforward to offset future taxable income may be subject to an annual limitation as a result of ownership changes that could occur in the future. If necessary, the deferred tax assets will be reduced by any carryforward that expires prior to utilization as a result of such limitations, with a corresponding reduction of the valuation allowance.

  

The Company does not have any uncertain tax positions or events leading to uncertainty in a tax position. The Company’s 2015 and 2016 Corporate Income Tax Returns are subject to Internal Revenue Service examination.

 

  F- 15  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MAY 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

Note 10 – Concentrations

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable and cash deposits, investments, and cash equivalents instruments. The Company maintains its cash in bank deposits accounts. The Company’s account at this institution is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $250,000. At May 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company held cash of approximately $167,000 and $120,000, respectively, in excess of federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts at May 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

Concentration of Revenue and Supplier

 

During the year ended May 31, 2016 sales to four customers represented approximately 70% of the Company’s net sales at 24%, 17%, 16% and 13%. During the year ended May 31, 2017 sales to three customers represented approximately 48% of the Company’s net sales at 18%, 17% and 13%.

 

During the years ended May 31, 2017 and 2016 sales to customers outside the United States represented approximately 44% at 26% from Canada and 39% of the Company’s net sales at 14% from Canada and 24% from Italy.

 

During the year ended May 31, 2017, sales by product line, which each representing greater than 10% of the sales, consists of approximately 22% from sales of hair shampoo, 17% from sales of hair shampoo and conditioner, 10% from sale of hair treatment and repair products and 41% from sale of introductory kit (shampoo, conditioner, and treatment spray). During the year ended May 31, 2016, sales by product line, which each representing greater than 10% of the sales, consists of approximately 19% from sales of hair shampoo, 12% from sales of hair shampoo and conditioner, 15% from sale of hair treatment and repair products and 41% from sale of introductory kit (shampoo, conditioner, and treatment spray).

 

As of May 31, 2017 and 2016, accounts receivable from four customers represented approximately 89% at 18%, 30%, 10% and 31%and two customers represented 91% at 62% and 29% of the accounts receivable, respectively.

 

The Company purchased inventories and products from two vendors totaling approximately $184,000 (73% of the purchases) and three vendors totaling $221,000 (73% of the purchases) during the years ended May 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Note 11 - Subsequent Events

 

The Company has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through October 6, 2017, the date the financial statements were available for issuance.

 

In June 2017, the Company issued an aggregate of 80,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to various consultants pursuant to consulting agreements related to marketing and business advisory services. The term of the consulting agreements ranges from 2 months to 6 months. The Company valued these common shares at the fair value of $20,000 based on the sale of common stock in the recent private placements at $0.25 per common share. In connection with the issuance of these common shares, the Company recorded prepaid expense of $20,000 to be amortized over the term of its respective consulting agreements.

 

Between September 27, 2017 and October 2, 2017, the Company sold an aggregate of 271,000 shares of its common stock at $0.40 per common share for proceeds of $108,400.

 

On September 26, 2017, the Company sold 100,000 shares of its common stock at $0.25 per common share for proceeds of $25,000.

 

On September 29, 2017, the Company sold 375,000 shares of its common stock to an affiliated company at $0.40 per common share for proceeds of approximately $150,000. The affiliated company is managed by the brother of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

  F- 16  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AUGUST 31, 2017

UNAUDITED


CONTENTS

 

Financial Statements:

Balance Sheets - As of August 31, 2017 (Unaudited) and May 31, 2017 F-18
Statement of Operations - For the three months ended August 31, 2017 and 2016 (Unaudited) F-19
Statement of Cash Flows - For the three months ended August 31, 2017 and 2016 (Unaudited) F-20
Notes to Financial Statements F-21

 

  F- 17  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

BALANCE SHEETS

 

    August 31,     May 31,  
    2017     2017  
    (Unaudited)        
             
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:            
Cash   $ 218,430     $ 416,873  
Accounts receivable, net     37,829       32,703  
Inventory     204,127       129,794  
Advance to suppliers     46,347       16,135  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     17,732       18,089  
                 
Total Current Assets     524,465       613,594  
                 
OTHER ASSETS:                
Property and equipment, net     7,127       7,255  
Deposits     14,849       14,849  
                 
Total Other Assets     21,976       22,104  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 546,441     $ 635,698  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
                 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 84,388     $ 62,968  
Customer deposits     16,148       20,246  
Due to related party     150       -  
                 
Total Current Liabilities     100,686       83,214  
                 
Total Liabilities     100,686       83,214  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 7)                
                 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:                
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding     -       -  
Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 100,000,000 shares authorized; 39,759,047 and 39,679,047 shares issued and outstanding as of August 31, 2017 and May 31, 2017 respectively     3,976       3,968  
Additional paid-in capital     4,714,136       4,694,144  
Accumulated deficit     (4,272,357 )     (4,145,628 )
                 
Total Stockholders’ Equity     445,755       552,484  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 546,441     $ 635,698  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited financial statements.

 

  F- 18  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

 

    For the Three Months Ended  
    August 31,  
    2017     2016  
             
Sales      $ 111,245     $ 166,137  
                 
Cost of sales      44,505       69,691  
                 
Gross profit      66,740       96,446  
                 
OPERATING EXPENSES:                 
Marketing and selling expenses      12,607       22,484  
Compensation and related taxes      5,606       27,704  
Professional and consulting expenses      118,710       128,960  
General and administrative      55,512       30,330  
                 
Total Operating Expenses      192,435       209,478  
                 
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS      (125,695 )     (113,032 )
                 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):                
Interest income      30       -  
Interest expense      (1,064 )     -  
                 
Other Income (Expense), Net       (1,034 )     -  
                 
LOSS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES        (126,729 )     (113,032 )
                 
Provision for income taxes      -       -  
                 
NET LOSS      $ (126,729 )   $ (113,032 )
                 
NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE - Basic and diluted          $ (0.00 )   $ (0.00 )
                 
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING:                
Basic and diluted        39,752,308       38,157,692  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited financial statements.

 

  F- 19  

Table of Contents  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

    For the Three Months Ended  
    August 31,  
    2017     2016  
             
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES            
Net loss   $ (126,729 )   $ (113,032 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Depreciation     596       183  
Bad debts     1,540       -  
Stock based compensation     27,396       91,409  
Change in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable     (6,666 )     109  
Inventory     (74,333 )     (8,628 )
Advance to suppliers     (30,212 )     26,856  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     (7,039 )     -  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     21,420       (11,501 )
Customer deposits     (4,098 )     (21,504 )
                 
NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES     (198,125 )     (36,108 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                
Purchase of property and equipment     (468 )     -  
                 
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES      (468 )     -  
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                
Issuance of common stock for cash     -       35,000  
Note payable from related party     -       675,000  
Advances from a related party     150       -  
                 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES     150       710,000  
                 
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH     (198,443 )     673,892  
                 
CASH - Beginning of period     416,873       369,696  
                 
CASH - End of period   $ 218,430     $ 1,043,588  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:                
Cash paid during the period for:                
Interest   $ -     $ -  
Income taxes   $ -     $ -  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                
Issuance of common stock for prepaid services   $ 20,000     $ -  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited financial statements.

 

  F- 20  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AUGUST 31, 2017

 

Note 1 - Organization

 

Reviv3 Procare Company (the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on May 21, 2015 as a reorganization of Reviv3 Procare, LLC which was organized on July 31, 2013. The Company is engaged in the manufacturing, marketing, sale and distribution of professional quality hair and skin care products throughout the United States, Canada, Europe, and Asia.

 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The unaudited financial statements for the three months ended August 31, 2017 and 2016 have been prepared by us pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary to present fairly our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows as of August 31, 2017 and 2016, and for the periods then ended, have been made. Those adjustments consist of normal and recurring adjustments. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in our annual financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted. The unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements as of and for the year ended May 31, 2017 and 2016 and footnotes thereto included in the Company’s Report on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on November 17, 2017. The results of operations for the three months ended August 31, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

 

Going Concern

 

As reflected in the accompanying financial statements, the Company has a net loss and net cash used in operations of $126,729 and $198,025, respectively, for the three months ended August 31, 2017. Additionally, the Company has an accumulated deficit of $4,272,357 at August 31, 2017. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of 12 months from the issuance date of this report. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent on the Company’s ability to implement its business plan, raise capital, and generate sufficient revenue; however, the Company’s cash position may not be sufficient to support its daily operations. Management intends to raise additional funds by way of a private or public offering. While the Company believes in the viability of its strategy to further implement its business plan and generate sufficient revenue and in its ability to raise additional funds, there can be no assurances to that effect. The financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, and the related disclosures at the date of the financial statements and during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates. Significant estimates made by management include, but are not limited to, the allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory valuations, the useful life of property and equipment, the valuation of deferred tax assets, the value of stock-based compensation, and the fair value of non-cash common stock issuances. 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments and other short-term investments with maturities of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents.  The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances at one financial institution that is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

 

The Company has a policy of providing on allowance for doubtful accounts based on its best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in its existing accounts receivable.  The Company periodically reviews its accounts receivable to determine whether an allowance is necessary based on an analysis of past due accounts and other factors that may indicate that the realization of an account may be in doubt.  Account balances deemed to be uncollectible are charged to bad debt expense and included in the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets of $17,732 and $18,089 at August 31, 2017 and May 31, 2017, respectively, consist primarily of costs paid for future services which will occur within a year. Prepaid expenses primarily included prepayments in common stock for consulting services which are being amortized over the terms of their respective agreements.

 

  F- 21  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AUGUST 31, 2017

 

Note 2 - Significant and Critical Accounting Policies and Practices (continued)  

 

Advances to suppliers

 

Advances to a supplier represents the cash paid in advance for installment payments for the purchase of inventory. The advances to a supplier are interest free and unsecured. As of August 31, 2017 and May 31, 2017, advances to the Company’s major supplier amounted $46,347 and $16,135, respectively. Upon shipment of the purchase inventory, the Company reclassifies such advances to supplier into inventory. 

 

Inventory

 

The Company values inventory, consisting of finished goods and raw materials, at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using an average cost method. The Company reduces inventory for the diminution of value, resulting from product obsolescence, damage or other issues affecting marketability, equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and its net realizable value. The Company evaluates its current level of inventory considering historical sales and other factors and, based on this evaluation, classifies inventory markdowns in the statement of operations as a component of cost of goods sold. These markdowns are estimates, which could vary significantly from actual requirements if future economic conditions, customer demand or competition differ from expectations.

  

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The cost of repairs and maintenance is expensed as incurred; major replacements and improvements are capitalized.  When assets are retired or disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed, and any resulting gains or losses are included in the statement of operations.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company follows paragraph 605-10-S99-1 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification for revenue recognition. The Company will recognize revenue when it is realized or realizable and earned. The Company considers revenue realized or realizable and earned when all of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the product has been shipped, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

 

Consideration paid to promote and sell the Company’s products to customers is typically recorded as a reduction in revenues in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) ASC 605-50-45-2, Revenue Recognition—Customer Payments and Incentives.

 

Cost of Sales

 

The primary components of cost of sales include the cost of the product and shipping fees.

 

Shipping and Handling Costs

 

The Company accounts for shipping and handling fees in accordance with paragraph 605-45-45-19 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. While amounts charged to customers for shipping products are included in revenues, the related costs of shipping products to customers are classified in marketing and selling expenses as incurred. Shipping costs included in marketing and selling expense were $5,487 and $14,212 for the three months ended August 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Marketing, selling, and advertising

 

Marketing, selling, and advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Customer Deposits

 

Customer deposits consisted of prepayments from customers to the Company. The Company will recognize the prepayments as revenue upon delivery of products in compliance with its revenue recognition policy.

 

  F- 22  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AUGUST 31, 2017

 

Note 2 - Significant and Critical Accounting Policies and Practices (continued)

 

Fair value measurements and fair value of financial instruments

 

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”), for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that requires the use of fair value measurements, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements. The adoption of ASC 820 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or operating results, but did expand certain disclosures. ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

 

These inputs are prioritized below:

 

Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
   
Level 2: Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data
   
Level 3: Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

 

The Company analyzes all financial instruments with features of both liabilities and equity under the Financial Accounting Standard Board’s (“FASB”) accounting standard for such instruments. Under this standard, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

The estimated fair value of certain financial instruments, including prepaid expenses, deposits, accounts payable and accrued expenses are carried at historical cost basis, which approximates their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to the provision of ASC 740-10, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASC 740-10”), which requires, among other things, an asset and liability approach to calculating deferred income taxes. The asset and liability approach requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is provided to offset any net deferred tax assets for which management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred asset will not be realized.

  

The Company follows the provision of ASC 740-10 related to Accounting for Uncertain Income Tax Positions. When tax returns are filed, there may be uncertainty about the merits of positions taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. In accordance with the guidance of ASC 740-10, the benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions.

 

Tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold are measured at the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefit associated with tax positions taken that exceed the amount measured as described above should be reflected as a liability for uncertain tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. The Company believes its tax positions are all more likely than not to be upheld upon examination. As such, the Company has not recorded a liability for uncertain tax benefits.

 

The Company has adopted ASC 740-10-25, “Definition of Settlement”, which provides guidance on how an entity should determine whether a tax position is effectively settled for the purpose of recognizing previously unrecognized tax benefits and provides that a tax position can be effectively settled upon the completion and examination by a taxing authority without being legally extinguished. For tax positions considered effectively settled, an entity would recognize the full amount of tax benefit, even if the tax position is not considered more likely than not to be sustained based solely on the basis of its technical merits and the statute of limitations remains open.  The federal and state income tax returns of the Company are subject to examination by the IRS and state taxing authorities, generally for three years after they are filed.

 

  F- 23  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AUGUST 31, 2017

 

Note 2 - Significant and Critical Accounting Policies and Practices (continued)

 

Impairment of long-lived assets  

 

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable, or at least annually. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the sum of expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. The amount of impairment is measured as the difference between the asset’s estimated fair value and its book value. The Company did not record any impairment losses during the three months ended August 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

Stock-based compensation is accounted for based on the requirements of the Share-Based Payment Topic of ASC 718, “Compensation — Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”), which requires recognition in the financial statements of the cost of employee and director services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments over the period the employee or director is required to perform the services in exchange for the award (presumptively, the vesting period). ASC 718 also requires measurement of the cost of employee and director services received in exchange for an award based on the grant-date fair value of the award.

 

Pursuant to ASC Topic 505-50, “Equity Based Payments to Non-employees”, for share-based payments to consultants and other third-parties, compensation expense is determined at the measurement date. The expense is recognized over the vesting period of the award. Until the measurement date is reached, the total amount of compensation expense remains uncertain. The Company initially records compensation expense based on the fair value of the award at the reporting date.

 

Net loss per share of common stock

 

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period. At August 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has none and 430,000, respectively, potentially dilutive securities outstanding related to common stock warrants. Those potentially dilutive common stock equivalents were excluded from the dilutive loss per share calculation as they would be antidilutive due to the net loss.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842). The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of their classification. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases. The new guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those annual periods and is applied retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not believe the guidance will have a material impact on its financial statements.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-4, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other” (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. When an indication of impairment was identified after performing the first step of the goodwill impairment test, Step 2 required that an entity determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities (including unrecognized assets and liabilities) using the same procedure that would be required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Under the amendments in ASU No. 2017-4, an entity would perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value. An entity would recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. In addition, an entity must consider income tax effects from any tax-deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. A public business entity that is a SEC filer should adopt the amendments in ASU No. 2017-4 for its annual, or any interim, good will impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company does not believe the guidance will have a material impact on its financial statements.

 

  F- 24  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AUGUST 31, 2017

 

Note 2 - Significant and Critical Accounting Policies and Practices (continued)

 

In May 2017, the FASB released ASU 2017-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation”. The update provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in ASC Topic 718. An entity shall account for the effects of a modification described in ASC paragraphs 718-20-35-3 through 35-9, unless all the following are met: (1) The fair value of the modified award is the same as the fair value of the original award immediately before the original award is modified; (2) The vesting conditions of the modified award are the same as the vesting conditions of the original award immediately before the original award is modified; and (3) The classification of the modified award as an equity instrument or a liability instrument is the same as the classification of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. The provisions of this update become effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company does not believe the guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11 “Earnings Per Share” (Topic 260). The amendments in the update change the classification of certain equity-linked financial instruments (or embedded features) with down round features. The amendments also clarify existing disclosure requirements for equity-classified instruments. For freestanding equity-classified financial instruments, the amendments require entities that present earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with Topic 260, Earnings Per Share, to recognize the effect of the down round feature when it is triggered. That effect is treated as a dividend and as a reduction of income available to common shareholders in basic EPS. Convertible instruments with embedded conversion options that have down round features would be subject to the specialized guidance for contingent beneficial conversion features (in Subtopic 470-20, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options), including related EPS guidance (in Topic 260). For public business entities, the amendments in Part I of this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company does not believe the guidance will have a material impact on its financial statements.

 

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements upon adoption. The Company does not discuss recent pronouncements that are not anticipated to have an impact on or are unrelated to its financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures.

 

Note 3 - Accounts Receivable

 

Accounts receivable, consisted of the following:

 

    August 31,
2017
    May 31,
2017
 
             
Accounts receivable   $ 40,179     $ 33,513  
Less: Allowance for bad debts     (2,350 )     (810 )
    $ 37,829     $ 32,703  

 

The Company recorded bad debt expense of $1,540 and $0 during the three months ended August 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Note 4 - Inventory

 

Inventory consisted of the following:

 

    August 31,
2017
    May 31,
2017
 
             
Finished goods   $ 105,320     $ 82,494  
Raw materials     98,807       47,300  
    $ 204,127     $ 129,794  

 

In the three months ended August 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company did not write down inventory for any obsolescence or slow-moving inventory.

 

  F- 25  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AUGUST 31, 2017

 

Note 5 - Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment, stated at cost, consisted of the following:

 

    Estimated life   August 31,
2017
    May 31,
2017
 
                 
Furniture and fixtures   5 years   $ 5,759     $ 5,398  
Computer equipment   3 years     3,840       3,733  
Less: Accumulated depreciation         (2,472 )     (1,876 )
        $ 7,127     $ 7,255  

 

Depreciation expense amounted to $596 and $183 for the three months ended May 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

 

Note 6 - Stockholders’ Equity

 

Shares Authorized

 

The authorized capital of the Company consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

Preferred Stock

 

The preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any of the share of the preferred stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter, for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers and such designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed un the resolution adopted by the Board of Directors providing the issue of such shares. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series. In case the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

Common Stock

 

In June 2017, the Company issued an aggregate of 80,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to various consultants pursuant to consulting agreements related to marketing and business advisory services. The term of the consulting agreements ranges from 2 months to 6 months. The Company valued these common shares at the fair value of $20,000 based on the sale of common stock in the recent private placements at $0.25 per common share. In connection with the issuance of these common shares, the Company recorded stock based compensation of $15,308 and prepaid expense of $4,692 remained at August 31, 2017 to be amortized over the remaining term of its respective consulting agreements.

 

Note 7 - Commitments and Contingencies

 

In September 2016, the Company executed a lease agreement in connection with its office and warehouse facility in California under operating leases for a period of 37 months commencing in October 2016 and expiring in October 2019. The Company shall pay a monthly base rent starting at $6,782 plus a pro rata share of operating expenses. The base rent is subject to an annual increase beginning in October 2017 as defined in the lease agreement. Rent expense amounted to $21,631 and $4,251 for the three months ended August 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Future minimum rental payments required under this operating lease are as follows:

 

    Total     1 Year     2-3 Year     Thereafter  
Operating lease   $ 184,679     $ 62,750     $ 121,929     $      -  
Total   $ 184,679     $ 83,096     $ 121,929     $ -  

 

  F- 26  

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AUGUST 31, 2017

 

Note 8 - Related Party Transactions

 

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, from time to time, provided advances to the Company for working capital purposes. At August 31, 2017 and May 31, 2017, the Company had a payable to the officer of $150 and $0, respectively. These advances were short-term in nature and non-interest bearing.   

 

Note 9 - Concentrations

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable and cash deposits, investments, and cash equivalents instruments. The Company maintains its cash in bank deposits accounts. The Company’s account at this institution is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $250,000. At August 31, 2017 the Company did not hold cash in excess of federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts through August 31, 2017.

 

Concentration of Revenue, Product Line, and Supplier

 

During the three months ended August 31, 2017 sales to two customers represented approximately 47% of the Company’s net sales at 20% and 27%. During the three months ended August 31, 2016 sales to five customers represented approximately 66% of the Company’s net sales at 10%, 11%, 14%, 13% and 18%.

 

During the three months ended August 31, 2017 and 2016 sales to customers outside the United States represented approximately 41% from Canada and 42% of the Company’s net sales at 24% from Canada and 11% from Russia, respectively.

 

During the three months ended August 31, 2017, sales by product line which each represented greater than 10% of sales consisted of approximately 21% from sales of hair shampoo, 14% from sales of hair shampoo and conditioner, 13% from sale of hair treatment spray and 33% from sale of introductory kit (shampoo, conditioner, and treatment spray). During the three months ended August 31, 2016, sales by product line which each represented greater than 10% of sales consisted of approximately 19% from sales of hair shampoo, 15% from sales of hair shampoo and conditioner, 11% from sale of hair treatment and repair products and 43% from sale of introductory kit (shampoo, conditioner, and treatment spray).

 

As of August 31, 2017 and May 31, 2017, accounts receivable from two customers represented approximately 77% at 26% and 51% and four customers represented approximately 89% at 18%, 30%, 10% and 31% of the accounts receivable, respectively.

 

The Company purchased inventories and products from three vendors totaling approximately $65,000 (87% of the purchases) and three vendors totaling $74,000 (93% of the purchases) during the three months ended August 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Note 10 - Subsequent Events

 

The Company has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through November 17, 2017, the date the unaudited financial statements were available for issuance.

 

Between September 27, 2017 and October 2, 2017, the Company sold an aggregate of 271,000 shares of its common stock at $0.40 per common share for proceeds of $108,400.

 

On September 26, 2017, the Company sold 100,000 shares of its common stock at $0.25 per common share for proceeds of $25,000.

 

On September 29, 2017, the Company sold 375,000 shares of its common stock to an affiliated company at $0.40 per common share for proceeds of approximately $150,000. The affiliated company is managed by the brother of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

  F- 27  

 

PART II-INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

 

Pursuant to Section 607.0850 of the Delaware Revised Statutes, we have the power to indemnify any person made a party to any lawsuit by reason of being a director or officer of the Registrant, or serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Our Bylaws provide that the Registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

 

With regard to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Corporation in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the common shares being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by a controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such case.

 

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 

The following table is an itemization of all expenses, without consideration to future contingencies, incurred or expected to be incurred by our Corporation in connection with the issuance and distribution of the common shares being offered by this Prospectus. Items marked with an asterisk (*) represent estimated expenses. We have agreed to pay all the costs and expenses of this offering. Selling security holders will pay no offering expenses.

 

We outsourced legal, financial, and auditor services, as we do not have the operational size to handle such services in-house, for the purpose of structuring REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY towards achieving operating status in the U.S. markets and registration with the OTCQB. Likewise, we outsourced governance matters, business and financial planning to two consultants, as we do not have the resources or the size to justify employing such professionals full-time.

 

Item   Amount  
SEC Registration Fee   $ 22.35  
Legal Fees and Expenses*   $ 10,000  
Accounting Fees and Expenses*   $ 29,000  
Miscellaneous*   $ 750  
Total*   $ 39.772.50  

 

*     Estimated Figure        

 

  II- 1  

Table of Contents  

 

RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

 

Issuance of Common Stock 

 

In the three (1) year prior to this Offering, we offered and sold 4,334,896 shares of common capital stock of the Company. None of the issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts, or commissions. We relied upon Sections 4(2) of the Securities Act, and Rule 504 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the offer and sale of the securities.

  

Shareholder Class   Date of Issuance   Number of Shares     Consideration
Founders   June 2015     5,446,148     Contribution Agreement dated June 1, 2015
Advisors   June 2015     2,000,000     Services Provided
Friends and Family   June 2015     1,430,000     $100,000 ($0.07 per share)
Advisors   September 2015     15,012,000     Services Provided
Friends and Family   September 2015     8,245,333     $247,360 ($0.03 per share)
Advisors   October 2015     4,249,500     Services Provided
Friends and Family   December 2015 through
February 2016
    1,780,000     $445,000 ($0.25 per share)
Friends and Family   August 2016 through
October 2016
    113,820     $69,999.30 ($0.615 per share)
Advisors   December 2016     18,000     Services Provided
Friends and Family   January 2017     47,170     $25,00.10 ($0.53 per share)
Advisors   February 2017     60,000     Service Provided
Friends and Family   March 2017     10,000     $2,500 ($0.25 per share)
Friends and Family   April 2017     48,076     $25,000 ($0.52)
Friends and Family   April 2017     1,200,000     $300,000 ($0.25 per share)
Advisors   May 2017 through
June 2017
    60,000     Services Provided

 

 

We believed these exemptions were available because:

 

we are not a blank check company;

 

sales were not made by general solicitation or advertising;

 

all certificates had restrictive legends;

 

sales were made to persons with a pre-existing relationship with one or more of: (i) our chief executive officer, president and director, Mr. Jeff Toghraie, at the time of the offer and sale.

 

  Issuances to “Advisors” were made to person providing bona fide services to the Company.

 

We relied upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for the above issuances.

 

We believed that Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 was available because:

 

  None of these issuances involved underwriters, underwriting discounts, or commissions.

 

  Restrictive legends were and will be placed on all certificates issued as described above.

 

  The distribution did not involve general solicitation or advertising.

 

  The distributions were made only to investors who were sophisticated enough to evaluate the risks of the investment.

 

In connection with the above transactions, although the investors may have also been accredited, we provided the following to all investors:

 

  Access to all our books and records.

 

  Access to documents relating to our operations.

 

  The opportunity to obtain any additional information, including information relating to all of our agreements with third parties which were only oral and not written, to the extent we possessed such information, and including all information necessary to verify the accuracy of the information to which the investors were given access.

 

Prospective investors were invited to review at our offices at any reasonable hour, after reasonable advance notice, any materials available to us concerning our business.

 

  II- 2  

Table of Contents  

  

EXHIBITS

 

            Incorporated by reference
Exhibit       Filed        Period       Filing
Number   Exhibit Description   herewith   Form   Ending   Exhibit   date
3.1   Articles of Incorporation filed with the state of Delaware on May 21, 2015       S-1   05/31/2017    3.1   10/6/2017
3.2   Bylaws       S-1   05/31/2017   3.2   10/6/2017
3.3   Certificate of Amendment filed in the state of Delaware on June 9, 2015       S-1   05/31/2017   4.2   10/6/2017
4.2   Form of common stock Certificate of REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY (1)   X                
5.1   Legal Opinion of Eilers Law Group, P.A.       S-1   05/31/2017    5.1   10/6/2017
10.1   Contribution Agreement between Reviv3 Procare, LLC and Reviv3 Procare Company, dated June 1, 2015       S-1   05/31/2017    10.1   10/6/2017
10.2   Lease Agreement between Riviv3 Procare Company and the Realty Association Fund VIII, L.P. dated September 28, 2016   X                
23.1   Consent of Salberg & Company, P.A.   X                
23.2   Consent of Eilers Law Group, P.A. (included in Exhibit 5.1)           05/31/2017    23.2   10/6/2017

   

(1) Information pertaining to our common stock is contained in our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.

 

All other Exhibits called for by Rule 601 of Regulation S-K are not applicable to this filing.

 

  II- 3  

Table of Contents  

 

UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes

 

1. To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

i.   To include any Prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

ii.   To reflect in the Prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of Prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than twenty percent (20%) change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

 

iii.   To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

 

2. That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

3. To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

4. That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

i.   Any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

ii.   Any free writing Prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

iii.   The portion of any other free writing Prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

iv.   Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

5. That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser: Each Prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than Prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or Prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or Prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or Prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

  

6. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the corporation in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by a controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such case.

 

  II- 4  

Table of Contents  

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in El Monte, California on November 17, 2017.

 

  REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY
     
  By: /s/ Jeff Toghraie
    Jeff Toghraie
    Chief Executive Officer

 

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement was signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates stated:

 

NAME    TITLE   DATE
         
/s/ Jeff Toghraie   Chief Executive Officer, Director, & Principal Financial Officer   November 17, 2017
Jeff Toghraie        
         
/s/ Nancy Hundt   Director   November 17, 2017
Nancy Hundt        

 

 

 

II-5

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE

 

(Multiple Tenant – Tenant Pays Fixed Monthly Operating Expense Payment and Tenant
Pays Tenant’s Share of Real Property Taxes and Insurance Costs Over a Base Year)

 

 

1 Basic lease provisions.    
         
  1.1 Date for reference purposes: September 28, 2016
       
  1.2 Landlord: The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
       
  1.3 Tenant: REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY a Delaware corporation
       
  1.4 Premises address: 9480 Telstar Avenue, Suite 5, El Monte, California 91731
       
  1.5 Approximate leasable area of premises: 7,139
    (in square feet )  
       
  1.6 Use: Packing, warehouse and distribution of hair products and for no other purposes
       
  1.7 Term: Thirty-Seven (37) months
       
  1.8 Estimated commencement date: October 01, 2016
         
  1.9 Monthly base rent: Month Monthly Base Rent
      10/01/16 - 09/30/17 $6,782.05
      10/01/17 - 09/30/18 $6,996.22
      10/01/18 - 09/30/19 $7,210.39
      10/01/19 - 10/31/19 $7,424.56
         
  1.10 Base rent and monthly operating expense payment paid upon execution:    
         
    Base rent: $6,782.05  
         
    Applied to: October 2016  
    (insert month(s))    
         
    Monthly operating expense payment:    
         
    Applied to: October 2016  
    (insert month(s))    
         
  1.11 Monthly operating expense payment: $428.34  
         
  1.12 Tenant’s percentage share: See Section 9.6  
         
  1.13 Base year. 2016  
         
  1.14 Security deposit: $14,849.12  
         
  1.15 Number of parking spaces: 10  
         
  1.16 Real estate broker:    
         
    Landlord: Davis Broker Inc.  
         
    Tenant: Realty ONE Group  

 

 

 

 

  1.17 EXHIBITS ATTACHED TO LEASE : Exhibit A – “Premises;” Exhibit B – “Verification Letter;” Exhibit C – “Rules and Regulations;” Exhibit D – “Form of HazMat Certificate”, Exhibit E – “Addendum to Standard Industrial Lease”
       
  1.18 ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES :  
       
    LANDLORD : The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L.P.
c/o TA Associates Realty
      1301 Dove Street, Suite 860
Newport Beach, CA 92660
      Attention: Asset Manager/Arbor Courtyard
       
      and
       
      The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L.P.
c/o TA Associates Realty
      28 State Street, Tenth Floor
Boston, MA 02109
      Attention: Asset Manager/Arbor Courtyard
       
    WITH A COPY TO : Davis Partners LLC
      9440 Telstar Avenue, Suite 108
El Monte, CA 91731
      Attention: Property Manager/Arbor Courtyard
       
      and
       
      Davis Partners LLC
      1420 Bristol Street North, Suite 100
Newport Beach, CA 92660
      Attention: Property Manager/Arbor Courtyard
       
    TENANT : REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY
      9480 Telstar Ave., Suite 5,
El Monte, CA 91731
       
    GUARANTOR : N/A

 

2. Premises .

 

2.1 Acceptance . Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Premises, to have and to hold for the term of this Lease, subject to the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. The Premises is depicted on Exhibit “A” attached hereto. The Premises depicted on Exhibit “A” is all or a part of a building (the “Building ”) and may contain areas outside of the Building to the extent such areas are specifically identified on Exhibit “A” as being a part of the Prmises. Tenant accepts the Premises in its condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, covenants, conditions, restrictions and easements, and except as may be otherwise expressly provided herein, Landlord shall not be obligated to make any repairs or alterations to the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty as to the suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises are suitable for Tenant’s intended purposes. The number of square feet set forth in Section 1.5 is an approximation, and the Base Rent shall not be changed if the actual number of square feet in the Premises is different than the number of square feet set forth in Section 1.5.

 

  2  
 

 

2.2 Common areas . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant for the benefit of Tenant and its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers and invitees during the term of this Lease, the nonexclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use (including Landlord), the Common Areas (as hereinafter defined) as they exist from time to time, subject to all rights reserved by Landlord hereunder and under the terms of all rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time with respect thereto. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to (a) make changes in the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas and walkways; (b) close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; (c) construct additional buildings, parking areas, loading dock facilities and other improvements within the Common Areas; and (d) do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas as Landlord may deem appropriate. As used herein, the term “ Common Areas ” means all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary lines of the land owned by Landlord that are provided and designated by Landlord as such from time to time for general nonexclusive use of Tenant and others, including, if designated by Landlord as Common Areas, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways and landscaped areas, and Tenant shall have no leasehold interest in the Common Areas. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which the same are located, along with all other buildings and improvements designated by Landlord, are herein collectively referred to as the “ Project .” Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas, including, without limitation, the storage of trucks or other vehicles. Any such storage shall be permitted only with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Landlord.

 

3. Term .

 

3.1 Term and commencement date . The term and Commencement Date of this Lease are as specified in Sections 1.7 and 1.8. The Commencement Date set forth in Section 1.8 is an estimated Commencement Date. Subject to the limitations contained in Section 3.3 below, the actual Commencement Date shall be the date possession of the Premises is tendered to Tenant in accordance with Section 3.4 below; provided, however, that the Commencement Date shall not occur prior to the date set forth in Section 1.8. If the actual Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, the term of this Lease shall be extended by the number of days between the actual Commencement Date and the first day of the next calendar month, it being the intention of Landlord and Tenant that the term of the Lease end on the last day of a calendar month. When the actual Commencement Date is established by Landlord, Landlord shall complete the letter attached hereto as Exhibit B and Tenant shall, within five (5) days after Landlord’s request, execute the letter and deliver it to Landlord. Tenant’s failure to execute the letter within said five (5) day period shall be a default hereunder and shall constitute Tenant’s acknowledgment of the truth of the facts contained in the letter delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

 

3.2 Delay in possession . Notwithstanding the estimated Commencement Date specified in Section 1.8, if for any reason Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on said date or any other date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder; provided, however, in such a case, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay rent or perform any other obligation of Tenant under this Lease, except as may be otherwise provided in this Lease, until possession of the Premises is tendered to Tenant, as defined in Section 3.4. If Landlord shall not have tendered possession of the Premises to Tenant within one hundred eighty (180) days following the estimated Commencement Date specified in Section 1.8, as the same may be adjusted in accordance with this Section 3.2 or Section 3.3 or in accordance with the terms of any work letter agreement attached to this Lease, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, by notice in writing to Landlord within ten (10) days after the expiration of the one hundred eighty (180) day period, terminate this Lease. If Tenant terminates this Lease as provided in the preceding sentence, the parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder, except that Landlord shall return any money previously deposited with Landlord by Tenant; and provided further, that if such written notice by Tenant is not received by Landlord within said ten (10) day period, Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease as provided above unless Landlord fails to tender possession of the Premises to Tenant within three hundred sixty (360) days following the estimated Commencement Date specified in Section 1.8, as the same may be adjusted in accordance with this Section 3.2 or Section 3.3 or in accordance with the terms of any work letter agreement attached to this Lease. If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the estimated Commencement Date specified in Section 1.8, as the same may be adjusted in accordance with this Section 3.2 or Section 3.3 or in accordance with any work letter agreement attached to this Lease, due to a Force Majeure Event (as defined below), such estimated Commencement Date shall be extended by the period of the delay caused by the Force Majeure Event. A “ Force Majeure Event ” shall mean fire, earthquake, weather delays or other acts of God, strikes, boycotts, war, riot, insurrection, embargoes, shortages of equipment, labor or materials, delays in issuance of governmental permits or approvals, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.

 

3.3 Delays caused by tenant . There shall be no abatement of rent, and the one hundred eighty (180) day period and the three hundred sixty (360) day period specified in Section 3.2 shall be deemed extended, to the extent of any delays caused by acts or omissions of Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees and contractors, or for Tenant delays as defined in any work letter agreement attached to this Lease, if any (hereinafter “ Tenant Delays ”). Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to one thirtieth (1/30th) of the Base Rent and Tenant’s Percentage Share of Operating Expenses due for the first full calendar month of the Lease term for each day of Tenant Delay. For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the Base Rent payable for the first full calendar month of the term of this Lease shall not be reduced by any abated rent, conditionally waived rent, free rent or similar rental concessions, if any. Landlord and Tenant agree that the foregoing payment constitutes a fair and reasonable estimate of the damages Landlord will incur as the result of a Tenant Delay. Within thirty (30) days after Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the date Landlord could have delivered possession of the Premises to Tenant but for the Tenant Delays. After delivery of said notice, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord the amount described above for the period of Tenant Delay.

 

  3  
 

 

3.4 Tender of possession . Possession of the Premises shall be deemed tendered to Tenant when Landlord’s architect or agent has determined that (a) the improvements to be provided by Landlord pursuant to a work letter agreement, if any, are substantially completed, (b) the Project utilities are ready for use in the Premises, (c) Tenant has reasonable access to the Premises, and (d) Landlord has offered Tenant possession of the Premises. If improvements to the Premises are constructed by Landlord, the improvements shall be deemed “substantially” completed when the improvements have been completed except for minor items or defects which can be completed or remedied after Tenant occupies the Premises without causing substantial interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

 

3.5 Early possession . If Tenant occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, such occupancy shall be subject to all provisions of this Lease, such occupancy shall not change the termination date, and, except as provided below, Tenant shall pay Base Rent and all other charges provided for in this Lease during the period of such occupancy. Provided that Tenant does not interfere with or delay the completion by Landlord or its agents or contractors of the construction of any tenant improvements, and provided Landlord has possession of the Premises, Tenant shall have the right to enter the Premises up to fourteen (14) days prior to the anticipated Commencement Date for the sole purpose of installing furniture, trade fixtures, equipment, and similar items, and Tenant shall have no obligation to begin paying Base Rent or other charges based solely on its installation of these items. Tenant shall be liable for any damages or delays caused by Tenant’s activities at the Premises. Prior to entering the Premises, Tenant shall obtain all insurance it is required to obtain by the Lease and shall provide certificates of said insurance to Landlord. Tenant shall coordinate such entry with Landlord’s manager, and such entry shall be made in compliance with all terms and conditions of this Lease and the Rules and Regulations attached hereto.

 

4. Use .

 

4.1 Permitted use . The Premises shall be used only for the purpose described in Section 1.6 and for no other purpose. In no event shall any portion of the Premises be used for retail sales. Tenant shall not initiate, submit an application for, or otherwise request, any land use approvals or entitlements with respect to the Premises or any other portion of the Project, including, without limitation, any variance, conditional use permit or rezoning, without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall not (a) permit any animals or pets to be brought to or kept in the Premises, (b) install any antenna, dish or other device on the roof of the Building or outside of the Premises, (c) make any penetrations into the roof of the Building, (d) place loads upon floors, walls or ceilings in excess of the load such items were designed to carry, (e) place or store, nor permit any other person or entity to place or store, any property, equipment, materials, supplies or other items outside of the Building in which the Premises is located or (f) change the exterior of the Premises or the Building in which the Premises is located. In no event shall Tenant use all or any part of the Premises for the production, processing, sale or distribution of marijuana. Tenant acknowledges that it has satisfied itself by its own independent investigation that the Premises and the Project are suitable for its intended use and that its use is permitted by applicable laws and regulations, and that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representation or warranty as to the present or future suitability of the Premises, or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business.

 

4.2 Compliance with laws . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, promptly comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, certificates of occupancy, conditional use or other permits, variances, covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements, the recommendations of Landlord’s engineers or other consultants, and requirements of any fire insurance underwriters, rating bureaus or government agencies, now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect, whether or not they reflect a change in policy from that now existing, during the term or any part of the term hereof, relating in any manner to the Premises or the occupation and use by Tenant of the Premises. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, comply with all accessibility requirements of State and Federal law that apply to the Premises, and all federal, state and local laws and regulations governing occupational safety and health. Tenant acknowledges that it will be responsible for complying with current and future laws and regulations even though such compliance requires Tenant to make substantial repairs or modifications (including structural modifications) to the Premises and even though the application of the law or regulation is unrelated to Tenant’s specific use of the Premises. Tenant shall not permit any objectionable or unpleasant odors, smoke, dust, gas, noise or vibrations to emanate from the Premises, or take any other action that would constitute a nuisance, create a dangerous situation, or would disturb, unreasonably interfere with or endanger Landlord or any other tenants of the Project. Tenant shall obtain, at its sole expense, any permit or other governmental authorization required to operate its business from the Premises. Landlord shall not be liable for the failure of any other tenant or person to abide by the requirements of this section or to otherwise comply with applicable laws and regulations, and Tenant shall not be excused from the performance of its obligations under this Lease due to such a failure. To Landlord’s actual knowledge, the Premises has not undergone an inspection by a certified access specialist. Landlord’s actual knowledge shall mean and be limited to the actual knowledge of the person who is the Building owner’s asset manager (not the Building’s property manager) on the date set forth in Section 1.1, without any duty of inquiry or investigation, and such asset manager shall have no personal liability if such representation or warranty is untrue.

 

4.3 Occupant density . Tenant shall maintain a ratio of not more than 1.4 Occupants (as defined below) for each one thousand (1000) square feet of leasable area in the Premises (hereinafter, the “ Occupant Density ”). If Landlord has a reasonable basis to believe that Tenant is exceeding the Occupant Density, upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall maintain on a daily basis an accurate record of the number of employees, visitors, contractors and other people that visit the Premises (collectively “ Occupants ”). Landlord shall have the right to audit Tenant’s Occupant record and, at Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right to periodically visit the Premises without advance notice to Tenant in order to track the number of Occupants working at the Premises. For purposes of this section, “Occupants” shall not include people not employed by Tenant that deliver or pick up mail or other packages at the Premises, employees of Landlord or employees of Landlord’s agents or contractors. Tenant’s failure to comply with the requirements of this section shall constitute a default under Section 17.1 and Landlord shall have the right, in addition to any other remedies it may have at law or equity, to specifically enforce Tenant’s obligations under this section. Nothing contained in this section shall be interpreted to entitle Tenant to use more parking spaces than the number permitted by Section 1.15.

 

  4  
 

 

 

5. Base rent . Tenant shall pay Base Rent in the amount set forth on the first page of this Lease. At the time Tenant executes this Lease it shall pay to Landlord the amounts set forth in Sections 1.10 and 1.14. Tenant promises to pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent and the Monthly Operating Expense Payments on or before the first day of each calendar month succeeding the Commencement Date. Payments of Base Rent and Monthly Operating Expense Payments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. All payments required to be made by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be payable at such address as Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set off any rent due hereunder except where expressly provided in this Lease.

 

6. Operating expense payments . In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Monthly Operating Expense Payment described in Section 1.11 to compensate Landlord for expenses incurred by Landlord in operating the Project. Such reimbursement is for expenses other than Insurance Costs and Real Property Taxes (as such terms are defined below), and such payment shall not be credited against or reduce Tenant’s obligations under Sections 9.1 and 10.2(c) of this Lease. Tenant’s Monthly Operating Expense Payment is an estimate of operating expenses and may be more or less than the actual operating expenses of the Project. The Monthly Operating Expense Payment shall not be subject to change based on actual operating expenses of the Project and Tenant shall pay such amount without respect to the actual operating expenses of the Project. Tenant shall not be entitled to review any of Landlord’s records relating to operating expenses. The Monthly Operating Expense Payment shall be due and payable on the first day of each calendar month with Base Rent and shall be treated as additional Base Rent for all purposes under this Lease.

 

7. Security deposit . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord at the time it executes this Lease the security deposit set forth in Section 1.14 as security for Tenant’s faithful performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. If Tenant fails to pay Base Rent or other charges due hereunder, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may use all or any portion of said deposit for the payment of any Base Rent or other charge due hereunder, to pay any other sum to which Landlord may become obligated by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer thereby. If Landlord so uses or applies all or any portion of said deposit, Tenant shall within ten (10) days after written demand therefor deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore said deposit to its full amount. Landlord shall not be required to keep said security deposit separate from its general accounts. If Tenant performs all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, said deposit, or so much thereof as has not heretofore been applied by Landlord, shall be returned, without payment of interest or other amount for its use, to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Tenant’s interest hereunder) at the expiration of the term hereof, and after Tenant has vacated the Premises. No trust relationship is created herein between Landlord and Tenant with respect to said security deposit. Tenant acknowledges that the security deposit is not an advance payment of any kind or a measure of Landlord’s damages in the event of Tenant’s default. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law which is inconsistent with this section including, but not limited to, Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code.

 

8. Utilities .

 

8.1 Payment . Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, electricity, telephone, sewer, sprinkler services, refuse and trash collection and other utilities and services used on the Premises, together with any taxes, penalties, surcharges or the like pertaining thereto. Tenant shall contract directly with the applicable public utility for such services. Tenant shall pay its share of all charges for jointly metered utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Tenant agrees to limit use of water and sewer for normal restroom use, and nothing herein contained shall impose upon Landlord any duty to provide sewer or water usage for other than normal restroom usage.

 

8.2 Interruptions . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for its failure to furnish water, gas, electricity, telephone, sewer, refuse and trash collection or any other utility services or building services when such failure is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, replacements or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, telephone service or other utility at the Project, by any accident, casualty or event arising from any cause whatsoever, including the negligence of Landlord, its employees, agents and contractors, by act, negligence or default of Tenant or any other person or entity, or by any other cause, and such failures shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from the obligation of paying rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for loss of property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any such services or utilities. Landlord may comply with voluntary controls or guidelines promulgated by any governmental entity relating to the use or conservation of energy, water, gas, light or electricity or the reduction of automobile or other emissions without creating any liability of Landlord to Tenant under this Lease.

 

  5  
 

 

8.3 Railroad spurs . If the Premises is served by a railroad spur, Tenant shall execute any agreement required by the railroad company serving the railroad spur, and such agreement shall be satisfactory to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall pay the cost of maintaining the railroad spur, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

8.4. Alternative utility providers . If permitted by applicable laws, Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time during the term of this Lease to either contract for service from a different company or companies (each such company referred to as an “ Alternate Service Provider ”) other than the company or companies presently providing electrical service for the Project (the “ Electric Service Provider ”) or continue to contract for service from the Electric Service Provider, at Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord, the Electric Service Provider, and an Alternate Service Provider at all times and, as reasonably necessary, shall allow Landlord, the Electric Service Provider, and any Alternate Service Provider reasonable access to the Building’s electric lines, feeders, risers, wiring and any other machinery within the Premises.

 

8.5 Energy use . Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to provide Landlord with copies of bills from electricity, natural gas or similar energy providers (collectively, “ Energy Providers ”) Tenant receives from Energy Providers relating to Tenant’s energy use at the Premises (“ Energy Bills ”) within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request. In addition, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to obtain copies of the Energy Bills directly from the Energy Provider(s), and Tenant hereby authorizes each Energy Provider to provide Energy Bills and related usage information directly to Landlord without Tenant’s consent. From time to time within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement provided by Landlord authorizing the Energy Provider(s) to provide to Landlord Energy Bills and other information relating to Tenant’s energy usage at the Premises.

 

9. Real and personal property taxes .

 

9.1 Payment of taxes . Tenant shall pay to Landlord during the term of this Lease, in addition to Base Rent and Tenant’s Monthly Operating Expense Payment, Tenant’s Percentage Share (as defined below) of all Real Property Taxes (as defined below) assessed against the Project in any Comparison Year (as defined below) that are in excess of the amount of all Real Property Taxes assessed against the Project in the Base Year. For purposes of this Lease, a Comparison Year shall mean each calendar year after the Base Year. Tenant’s Percentage Share of the Real Property Tax increases for the last Comparison Year of the Lease Term shall be prorated according to that portion of such Comparison Year as to which Tenant is responsible for a share of such increase. Tenant’s Percentage Share of Real Property Taxes shall be payable by Tenant within ten (10) days after a reasonably detailed statement of actual expenses is presented to Tenant by Landlord. At Landlord’s option, however, Landlord may, from time to time, estimate what Tenant’s Percentage Share of Real Property Taxes will be, and the same shall be payable by Tenant monthly during each calendar year of the Lease term, on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. In the event that Tenant pays Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Percentage Share of Real Property Taxes, Landlord shall use its best efforts to deliver to Tenant within one hundred eighty (180) days after the expiration of each calendar year a reasonably detailed statement (the “ Statement ”) showing Tenant’s Percentage Share of the actual Real Property Taxes incurred during such year. Landlord’s failure to deliver the Statement to Tenant within said period shall not constitute Landlord’s waiver of its right to collect said amounts or otherwise prejudice Landlord’s rights hereunder. If Tenant’s payments under this section during said calendar year exceed Tenant’s Percentage Share as indicated on the Statement, Tenant shall be entitled to credit the amount of such overpayment against Tenant’s Percentage Share of Real Property Taxes next falling due. If Tenant’s payments under this section during said calendar year were less than Tenant’s Percentage Share as indicated on the Statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the deficiency within thirty (30) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of the Statement. Landlord and Tenant shall forthwith adjust between them by cash payment any balance determined to exist with respect to that portion of the last calendar year for which Tenant is responsible for Real Property Taxes, notwithstanding that the Lease term may have terminated before the end of such calendar year; and this provision shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

9.2 Definition of real property tax . As used herein, the term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, improvement bond or bonds imposed on the Project or any portion thereof by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, county, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage or other improvement district thereof, as against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Project or in any portion thereof. Real Property Taxes shall not include income, inheritance and gift taxes.

 

9.3 Personal property taxes . Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises or related to Tenant’s use of the Premises. If any of Tenant’s personal property shall be assessed with Landlord’s real or personal property, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the taxes attributable to Tenant within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement from Landlord setting forth the taxes applicable to Tenant’s property.

 

9.4 Reassessments . From time to time Landlord may challenge the assessed value of the Project as determined by applicable taxing authorities and/or Landlord may attempt to cause the Real Property Taxes to be reduced on other grounds. If Landlord is successful in causing the Real Property Taxes to be reduced or in obtaining a refund, rebate, credit or similar benefit (hereinafter collectively referred to as a “ Reduction ”), Landlord shall, to the extent practicable, credit the Reduction(s) to Real Property Taxes for the calendar year to which a Reduction applies and recalculate the Real Property Taxes owed by Tenant for that year based on the reduced Real Property Taxes. All costs incurred by Landlord in connection with obtaining and/or processing the Real Property Tax reductions (e.g., consulting fees, accounting fees etc.) may be deducted from the Reduction. Landlord shall have the right to compensate a person or entity it employs to obtain a Reduction by giving such person or entity a percentage of any Reduction obtained.

 

  6  
 

 

9.5 Audits . If Tenant disputes the amount set forth in the Statement, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole expense, not later than sixty (60) days following receipt of such Statement, to cause Landlord’s books and records relating to the Real Property Taxes with respect to the calendar year which is the subject of the Statement to be audited by a certified public accountant mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. The audit shall take place at the offices of Landlord where its books and records are located at a mutually convenient time during Landlord’s regular business hours. Tenant’s Percentage Share of Real Property Taxes shall be appropriately adjusted based upon the results of such audit, and the results of such audit shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall have no right to conduct an audit or to give Landlord notice that it desires to conduct an audit at any time Tenant is in default under the Lease. The accountant conducting the audit shall be compensated on an hourly basis and shall not be compensated based upon a percentage of overcharges it discovers. No subtenant shall have any right to conduct an audit, and no assignee shall conduct an audit for any period during which such assignee was not in possession of the Premises. Tenant’s right to undertake an audit with respect to any calendar year shall expire sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement for such calendar year, and such Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant and shall, as between the parties, be conclusively deemed correct, at the end of such sixty (60) day period, unless prior thereto Tenant shall have given Landlord written notice of its intention to audit Real Property Taxes for the calendar year which is the subject of the Statement. If Tenant gives Landlord notice of its intention to audit Real Property Taxes, it must commence such audit within sixty (60) days after such notice is delivered to Landlord, and the audit must be completed within one hundred twenty (120) days after such notice is delivered to Landlord. If Tenant does not commence and complete the audit within such periods, the Statement which Tenant elected to audit shall be deemed final and binding upon Tenant and shall, as between the parties, be conclusively deemed correct. Tenant agrees that the results of any Real Property Tax audit shall be kept strictly confidential by Tenant and shall not be disclosed to any other person or entity.

 

9.6 Tenant’s percentage share . “ Tenant’s Percentage Share ” as used in this Lease shall mean the percentage of the cost of Real Property Taxes and Insurance Costs (as defined below) for which Tenant is obligated to reimburse Landlord pursuant to this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 1.12, Landlord shall have the right to determine Tenant’s Percentage Share of the cost of Real Property Taxes and Insurance Costs using any one of the following methods or any combination of the following methods, and Tenant hereby agrees that any of the following methods of allocation is reasonable: (a) by multiplying the cost of all Real Property Taxes and/or Insurance Costs by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of square feet of leasable space in the Premises and the denominator of which is the number of square feet of leasable space in all buildings in the Project; or (b) with respect to Real Property Taxes or Insurance Costs attributable solely to the Building in which the Premises is located, requiring Tenant to pay that portion of the cost of the Real Property Taxes and Insurance Costs that is obtained by multiplying such cost by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of square feet of leasable space in the Premises and the denominator of which is the number of square feet of leasable space in the Building in which the Premises is located or (c) by allocating Real Property Taxes and Insurance Costs in any other reasonable manner, as determined by Landlord.

 

10. Insurance .

 

10.1 Insurance-tenant .

 

(a) Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a commercial general liability policy of insurance with coverages acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, which, by way of example and not limitation, protects Tenant and Landlord (as an additional insured) against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon, involving or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing coverage in an amount not less than

$2,000,000 per occurrence and not less than $3,000,000 in the aggregate with an “Additional Insured-Managers and Landlords of Premises Endorsement” and contain the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion” for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease.

 

(b) Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease “Causes of Loss – Special Form” extended coverage property insurance (previously known as “all risk” property insurance) with coverages acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Said insurance shall be written on a one hundred percent (100%) replacement cost basis on Tenant’s personal property, all tenant improvements installed at the Premises by Landlord or Tenant, Tenant’s trade fixtures and other property. By way of example, and not limitation, such policies shall provide protection against any peril included within the classification “fire and extended coverage,” against vandalism and malicious mischief, theft and sprinkler leakage. Tenant’s policy shall include endorsements to insure Tenant against losses to valuable papers, records and computer equipment and to compensate Tenant for the cost of recovering lost data. To the extent that Tenant’s policy covers tenant improvements to the Premises, Landlord shall be a loss payee on such policy. Tenant shall also obtain earthquake insurance, and if the Project is in Flood Zone A or V, Tenant shall obtain flood insurance, and the terms of such insurance policies shall be reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

 

  7  
 

 

(c) Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease insurance for pollution liability and clean-up costs with coverages acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, which by way of example and not limitation, protects against liability for cleanup costs, bodily injury and property damage, defense costs and contractual liability. Such insurance shall provide coverage of not less $3,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 in the aggregate.

 

(d) Tenant shall, at all times during the term hereof, maintain the following insurance with coverages reasonably acceptable to Landlord: (i) workers’ compensation insurance as required by applicable law, (ii) employers liability insurance with limits of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence, (iii) automobile liability insurance for owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with limits of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence and (iv) business interruption and extra expense insurance. In addition to the insurance required in (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to increase the limits of its insurance and/or obtain such additional insurance as is customarily required by landlords owning similar real property in the geographical area of the Project.

 

10.2 Insurance-landlord .

 

(a) Landlord shall obtain and keep in force a policy of general liability insurance with coverage against such risks and in such amounts as Landlord deems advisable insuring Landlord against liability arising out of the ownership, operation and management of the Project.

 

(b) Landlord shall also obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage to the Project in the amount of the full cost thereof (excluding foundations and similar items), as determined by Landlord from time to time. The terms and conditions of said policies, their deductibles and the perils and risks covered thereby shall be determined by Landlord, from time to time, in Landlord’s sole discretion. By way of example, and not limitation, Landlord may purchase flood and/or earthquake insurance. In addition, at Landlord’s option, Landlord shall obtain and keep in force, during the term of this Lease, a policy of rental interruption insurance, with loss payable to Landlord, which insurance shall, at Landlord’s option, also cover all operating expenses of the Project. Tenant will not be named as an additional insured in any insurance policies carried by Landlord and shall have no right to any proceeds therefrom. The policies purchased by Landlord shall contain such deductibles as Landlord may determine. Tenant shall pay at Tenant’s sole expense any increase in the property insurance premiums for the Project over what was payable immediately prior to the increase to the extent the increase is specified by Landlord’s insurance carrier as being caused by the nature of Tenant’s occupancy or any act or omission of Tenant.

 

(c) Tenant shall pay to Landlord during the term of this Lease, in addition to Base Rent, Tenant’s Monthly Operating Expense Payment and Tenant’s Percentage Share of Real Property Taxes, Tenant’s Percentage Share of all Insurance Costs (as defined below) paid by Landlord in any Comparison Year that are in excess of the amount of all Insurance Costs paid by Landlord in the Base Year. Tenant’s Percentage Share of Insurance Cost increases for the last Comparison Year of the Lease Term shall be prorated according to that portion of such Comparison Year as to which Tenant is responsible for a share of such increase. Tenant’s Percentage Share of Insurance Costs shall be payable by Tenant at the same time, in the same manner and under the same terms and conditions as Tenant pays Tenant’s Percentage Share of Real Property Taxes. Tenant shall have the right to audit Insurance Cost increases in the same manner and under the same terms and conditions as it is entitled to audit Real Property Taxes pursuant to Section 9.5 (i.e., as if all references in Section 9.5 to “Real Property Taxes” were changed to “Insurance Costs”). For purposes of this Lease, “ Insurance Costs ” shall mean the cost of all insurance purchased by Landlord pursuant to sections (a) and (b) above.

 

10.3 Insurance policies . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of the insurance policies required under Section 10.1 concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease using an ACORD 28 form or a similar form approved by Landlord. Tenant’s insurance policies shall not be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals thereof. Tenant’s insurance policies shall be issued by insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the Project is located, and said companies shall maintain during the policy term a “General Policyholder’s Rating” of at least A and a financial rating of at least “Class X” (or such other rating as may be required by any lender having a lien on the Project) as set forth in the most recent edition of “Best Insurance Reports.” All insurance obtained by Tenant shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Landlord, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only. Landlord, Landlord’s property manager and lender(s) and their respective officers, shareholders, directors, partners, members, managers, employees, successors and assigns, shall be included as additional insureds under Tenant’s commercial general liability policy, the pollution liability policy and under the Tenant’s excess or umbrella policy, if any, using ISO additional insured endorsement CG 20 11 or a substitute providing equivalent coverage. Tenant’s insurance policies shall not include deductibles in excess of $5,000.

 

10.4 Waiver of subrogation . Landlord waives any and all rights of recovery against Tenant and Tenant’s employees and agents for or arising out of damage to, or destruction of, the Project to the extent that Landlord’s insurance policies then in force insure against such damage or destruction (or to the extent of what would have been covered had Landlord maintained the insurance required to be carried under this Lease) and permit such waiver. Tenant waives any and all rights of recovery against Landlord and Landlord’s employees and agents for or arising out of damage to, or destruction of, the Project to the extent that Tenant’s insurance policies then in force insure against such damage or destruction (or to the extent of what would have been covered had Tenant maintained the insurance required to be carried under this Lease) and permit such waiver. Tenant shall cause the insurance policies it obtains in accordance with Section 10.1 relating to property damage to provide that the insurance company waives all right of recovery by subrogation against Landlord in connection with any liability or damage covered by Tenant’s insurance policies.

 

  8  
 

 

10.5 Coverage . Landlord makes no representation to Tenant that the limits or forms of coverage specified above or approved by Landlord are adequate to insure Tenant’s property or Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and the limits of any insurance carried by Tenant shall not limit Tenant’s obligations or liability under any indemnity provision included in this Lease or under any other provision of this Lease.

 

11. Landlord’s repairs . Landlord shall maintain, at Landlord’s expense, only the structural elements of the roof of the Building, the structural soundness of the foundation of the Building and the structural elements of the exterior walls of the Building. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of any maintenance, repair or replacement of the foregoing necessitated by Tenant’s misuse, negligence and, alterations to the Premises or any breach of its obligations under this Lease. By way of example, and not limitation, the term “ exterior walls ” as used in this section shall not include windows, glass or plate glass, doors or overhead doors, special store fronts, dock bumpers, dock plates or levelers, or office entries. Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this section, after which Landlord shall have a reasonable time in which to complete the repair. Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to obligate Landlord to seal or otherwise maintain the surface of any foundation, floor or slab. Tenant expressly waives the benefits of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Tenant the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense or to terminate this Lease because of Landlord’s failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition and repair.

 

12. Tenant’s repairs .

 

12.1 Obligations of tenant . Subject to Section 12.2 below, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep and maintain all parts of the Premises (except those listed as Landlord’s responsibility in Section 11 above) in good and sanitary condition, promptly making all necessary repairs and replacements, including but not limited to, windows, glass and plate glass, doors, any special store front or office entry, walls and finish work, floors and floor coverings, heating and air conditioning systems, dock boards, bumpers, plates, seals, levelers and lights, plumbing work and fixtures (including periodic backflow testing), electrical systems, lighting facilities and bulbs, sprinkler systems, alarm systems, fire detection systems, termite and pest extermination, sidewalks, landscaped areas, fencing, tenant signage and regular removal of trash and debris. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing prior to making any repair or performing any maintenance pursuant to this section, and Landlord shall have the right to designate the contractor Tenant shall use to make any repair or to perform any maintenance on the roof, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems (“ HVAC ”), plumbing systems, electrical systems, sprinkler systems, fire alarm systems or fire detection systems located at the Premises. Tenant shall not paint or otherwise change the exterior appearance of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. The cost of maintenance and repair of any common party wall (any wall, divider, partition or any other structure separating the Premises from any adjacent premises occupied by other tenants) shall be shared equally by Tenant and the tenant occupying the adjacent premises; provided, however, if Tenant damages a party wall the entire cost of the repair shall be paid by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense. Tenant shall not damage any party wall or disturb the integrity and support provided by any party wall. If Tenant fails to keep the Premises in good condition and repair, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any necessary repairs. If Landlord makes such repairs, Landlord may bill Tenant for the cost of the repairs as additional rent, and said additional rent shall be payable by Tenant within ten (10) days after demand by Landlord.

 

12.2 Performance of work by landlord . Notwithstanding Tenant’s obligation to keep the HVAC units, sprinkler systems, fire alarm systems, fire detection systems and exterior walls of the Premises in good condition and repair, Landlord shall employ contractors to perform all repairs, maintenance and replacements of the HVAC units, sprinkler systems, fire alarm systems, fire detection systems and exterior walls of the Premises. The items described in the previous sentence that Landlord will cause to be repaired, maintained and replaced are hereinafter referred to as the “ Landlord Maintenance Items .” Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as additional rent for all costs Landlord incurs in performing the Landlord Maintenance Items within ten (10) days after written demand by Landlord. Landlord shall determine in its sole discretion the scope and timing of the performance of such Landlord Maintenance Items, and Tenant shall not perform such Landlord Maintenance Items. Landlord’s maintenance of the exterior walls of the Premises shall include the right, but not the obligation, of Landlord to paint from time to time all or some of the exterior walls, canopies, doors, windows, gutters, handrails and other exterior parts of the Premises with colors selected by Landlord, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as provided above for all costs incurred by Landlord in painting such items. If the Premises contains landscaped areas (“ Landscaped Areas ”), Landlord shall maintain the Landscaped Areas, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in maintaining the Landscaped Areas within ten (10) days after written demand by Landlord; provided, however, Landlord shall have the right to estimate the monthly cost of maintaining the Landscaped Areas, and Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord as additional rent each month at the same time Tenant pays Base Rent. Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice of any repair or maintenance required by Landlord pursuant to this section, after which Landlord shall have a reasonable time in which to complete such repair or maintenance. Landlord shall have the right at any time, and from time to time, to elect upon written notice to Tenant to have Tenant perform some or all of the Landlord Maintenance Items and/or the maintenance of the Landscaped Areas, in which event Tenant shall employ contractors designated by Landlord to perform such work and shall pay for all such work at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, all in accordance with the requirements of Section 12.1.

 

  9  
 

 

12.3 Maintenance contracts . Landlord shall enter into regularly scheduled preventative maintenance/service contracts for some or all of the following: the HVAC units servicing the Premises, the sprinkler, fire alarm and fire detection systems servicing the Premises and backflow testing for the plumbing servicing the Premises (the “ Maintenance Contracts ”). The Maintenance Contracts shall include maintenance services satisfactory to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of the Maintenance Contracts within ten (10) days after written demand by Landlord; provided, however, Landlord shall have the right to estimate the monthly cost of the Maintenance Contracts, and Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord as additional rent each month at the same time Tenant pays Base Rent. Landlord shall have the right at any time, and from time to time, to elect upon written notice to Tenant to have Tenant purchase some or all of the Maintenance Contracts, in which event Tenant shall purchase such contracts from persons designated or approved by Landlord and shall pay for such Maintenance Contracts at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

13. Alterations and surrender .

 

13.1 Consent of landlord . Tenant shall have the right, subject to Landlord’s reasonable requirements relating to construction at the Project, upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord, to make alterations (“ Permitted Alterations ”) to the inside of the Premises (e.g., paint and carpet, communication systems, telephone and computer system wiring) that do not (i) involve the expenditure of more than $5,000, (ii) affect the exterior appearance of the Building or the roof, (iii) affect the Building’s electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life, fire safety or similar Building systems or the structural elements of the Building, (iv) affect the Common Areas or parking areas or (v) materially adversely affect any other tenant of the Project. Except with respect to Permitted Alterations, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, make any alterations, improvements, additions, utility installations or repairs (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Non-Permitted Alterations ”) in, on or about the Premises or the Project. References in this Lease to “ Alterations ” shall mean both Permitted Alterations and Non-Permitted Alterations. At the expiration of the term, Landlord may require the removal of any Alterations installed by Tenant and the restoration of the Premises and the Project to their prior condition, at Tenant’s expense. If, as a result of any Alteration made by Tenant, Landlord is obligated to comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act or any other law or regulation, and such compliance requires Landlord to make any improvement or Alteration to any portion of the Project, as a condition to Landlord’s consent, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to pay to Landlord prior to the construction of any Alteration by Tenant the entire cost of any improvement or alteration Landlord is obligated to complete by such law or regulation. Should Landlord permit Tenant to make its own Alterations, Tenant shall use only such architect and contractor as has been expressly approved by Landlord, and Landlord may require Tenant to provide to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such Alterations, to insure Landlord against any liability for mechanic’s and materialmen’s liens and to insure completion of the work. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to three percent (3%) of the cost of the Alterations to compensate Landlord for the overhead and other costs it incurs in reviewing the plans for the Alterations and in monitoring the construction of the Alterations (the “ Landlord Fee ”). If Landlord incurs architectural, engineering or other consultant’s fees in evaluating such Alterations, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for these fees in addition to the Landlord Fee. If Tenant proposes Alterations to Landlord but subsequently elects not to construct the Alterations, and Landlord has incurred costs in reviewing Tenant’s proposed Alterations (e.g., architect’s, engineer’s or property management fees), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs incurred by Landlord within ten (10) days after written demand. Should Tenant make any Alterations without the prior approval of Landlord, or use a contractor not expressly approved by Landlord, Landlord may, at any time during the term of this Lease, require that Tenant remove all or part of the Alterations and return the Premises to the condition it was in prior to the making of the Alterations. In the event Tenant makes any Alterations, Tenant agrees to obtain or cause its contractor to obtain, prior to the commencement of any work, “builders all risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord, workers compensation insurance and any other insurance requested by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

13.2 Permits . Any Alterations in or about the Premises that Tenant shall desire to make shall be presented to Landlord in written form, with plans and specifications which are sufficiently detailed to obtain a building permit, if a building permit is required. If Landlord consents to an Alteration and the Alterations require a building permit, the consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Tenant acquiring a building permit from the applicable governmental agencies, furnishing a copy thereof to Landlord prior to the commencement of the work, and compliance by Tenant with all conditions of said permit in a prompt and expeditious manner. Tenant shall provide Landlord with as-built plans and specifications for any Alterations made to the Premises.

 

13.3 Mechanics liens . Tenant shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Tenant at or for use in the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or the Project, or any interest therein. If Tenant shall, in good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a surety bond satisfactory to Landlord in an amount equal to not less than one and one-half times the amount of such contested lien claim indemnifying Landlord against liability arising out of such lien or claim. Such bond shall be sufficient in form and amount to free the Project from the effect of such lien. In addition, Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred as a result of any such lien.

 

13.4 Notice . Tenant shall give Landlord not less than ten (10) days’ advance written notice prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises by Tenant, and Landlord shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility in or on the Premises or the Project.

 

  10  
 

 

13.5 Surrender . Subject to Landlord’s right to require removal or to elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises shall be the property of Tenant, but shall be considered to be a part of the Premises. Unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of its election not to become the owner of the Alterations at the end of the term of this Lease, the Alterations shall become the property of Landlord at the end of the term of this Lease. Landlord may require, on notice to Tenant, that some or all Alterations be removed prior to the end of the term of this Lease and that any damages caused by such removal be repaired at Tenant’s sole expense. On the last day of the term hereof, or on any sooner termination, Tenant shall surrender the Premises (including, but not limited to, all doors, windows, floors and floor coverings, skylights, heating and air conditioning systems, dock boards, truck doors, dock bumpers, plumbing work and fixtures, electrical systems, lighting facilities, sprinkler systems, fire detection systems and nonstructural elements of the exterior walls, foundation and roof (collectively the “ Elements of the Premises ”)) to Landlord in the same condition as received, ordinary wear and tear and casualty damage excepted, clean and free of debris and Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures and equipment. Tenant’s personal property shall include all computer wiring and cabling installed by Tenant. Provided, however, if Landlord has not elected to have Tenant remove the Alterations, Tenant shall leave the Alterations at the Premises in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises occasioned by the installation or removal of Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings and equipment. Damage to or deterioration of any Element of the Premises or any other item Tenant is required to repair or maintain at the Premises shall not be deemed ordinary wear and tear if the same could have been prevented by good maintenance practices. If the Premises are not surrendered at the expiration of the term or earlier termination of this Lease in accordance with the provisions of this section, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall continue to be responsible for the payment of Base Rent and all other amounts due under this Lease until the Premises are so surrendered in accordance with said provisions. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all damages, expenses, costs, losses or liabilities arising from any delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any damages, expenses, costs, losses or liabilities arising from any claim against Landlord made by any succeeding tenant or prospective tenant founded on or resulting from such delay and losses and damages suffered by Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease any portion of the Premises to any such succeeding tenant or prospective tenant, together with, in each case, actual attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

13.6 Failure of Tenant to Remove Property . If this Lease is terminated due to the expiration of its term or otherwise, and Tenant fails to remove its property, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, and subject to any other right or remedy Landlord may have under applicable law, Landlord may remove any property of Tenant from the Premises and store the same elsewhere at the expense and risk of Tenant.

 

13.7 Electric Vehicle Charging Stations Installed by Tenant . Under certain circumstances Section 1952.7 of the California Civil Code (“ Section 1952.7 ”) may permit Tenant to install electric vehicle charging stations (“ Tenant Charging Stations ”) in the Project’s parking area. In the event Section 1952.7 does permit Tenant to install Tenant Charging Stations and Tenant elects to install Tenant Charging Stations, the Section of the Rules and Regulations attached hereto that is entitled “Electric Vehicle Charging Stations” shall apply to the Tenant Charging Stations.

 

14. Damage And Destruction .

 

14.1 Effect of Damage or Destruction . If all or part of the Project is damaged by fire, earthquake, flood, explosion, the elements, riot, the release or existence of Hazardous Materials (as defined below) or by any other cause whatsoever (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Damages ”), but the Damages are not material (as defined in Section 14.2 below), Landlord shall repair the Damages to the Project as soon as is reasonably possible, and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If all or part of the Project is destroyed or materially damaged (as defined in Section 14.2 below), Landlord shall have the right, in its sole and complete discretion, to repair or to rebuild the Project or to terminate this Lease. Landlord shall within one hundred twenty (120) days after the discovery of such material damage or destruction notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s intention to repair or to rebuild or to terminate this Lease. Tenant shall in no event be entitled to compensation or damages on account of annoyance or inconvenience in making any repairs, or on account of construction, or on account of Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord shall elect to rebuild or repair the Project after material damage or destruction, but in good faith determines that the Premises cannot be substantially repaired within three hundred sixty (360) days after the date of the discovery of the material damage or destruction, without payment of overtime or other premiums, and the damage to the Project will render the entire Premises unusable during said three hundred sixty (360) day period, Landlord shall notify Tenant thereof in writing at the time of Landlord’s election to rebuild or repair, and Tenant shall thereafter have a period of fifteen (15) days within which Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease, upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Landlord. Tenant’s termination right described in the preceding sentence shall not apply if the damage was caused by the negligent or intentional acts of Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees. Failure of Tenant to exercise said election within said fifteen (15) day period shall constitute Tenant’s agreement to accept delivery of the Premises under this Lease whenever tendered by Landlord, provided Landlord thereafter pursues reconstruction or restoration diligently to completion, subject to delays caused by Force Majeure Events. If Landlord is unable to repair the damage to the Premises or the Project during such three hundred sixty (360) day period due to Force Majeure Events, the three hundred sixty (360) day period shall be extended by the period of delay caused by the Force Majeure Events. Subject to Section 14.3 below, if Landlord or Tenant terminates this Lease in accordance with this Section 14.1, Tenant shall continue to pay all Base Rent and other amounts due hereunder which arise prior to the date of termination.

 

  11  
 

 

14.2 Definition of Material Damage . Damage to the Project shall be deemed material if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the uninsured cost of repairing the damage will exceed $25,000. If insurance proceeds are available to Landlord in an amount which is sufficient to pay the entire cost of repairing all of the damage to the Project, the damage shall be deemed material if the cost of repairing the damage exceeds $100,000. Damage to the Project shall also be deemed material if (a) the Project cannot be rebuilt or repaired to substantially the same condition it was in prior to the damage due to laws or regulations in effect at the time the repairs will be made, (b) the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Project requires that insurance proceeds available to repair the damage in excess of $25,000 be applied to the repayment of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage or the deed of trust, or (c) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease term.

 

14.3 Abatement of Rent . In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, for five (5) consecutive business days (the “ Eligibility Period ”) as a result of damage to the Premises, and the damage was not caused by the negligence or intentional acts of Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees, then Tenant’s Base Rent, Monthly Operating Expense Payment and Tenant’s Percentage Share of Real Property Taxes and Insurance Costs shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises.

 

14.4 Tenant’s Acts . If such damage or destruction occurs as a result of the negligence or the intentional acts of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees, and the proceeds of insurance which are actually received by Landlord are not sufficient to pay for the repair of all of the damage, Tenant shall pay, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to Landlord upon demand, the difference between the cost of repairing the damage and the insurance proceeds received by Landlord.

 

14.5 Tenant’s Property . Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or customers for loss or damage to merchandise, tenant improvements, fixtures, automobiles, furniture, equipment, computers, files or other property (hereinafter collectively “ Tenant’s property ”) located at the Project. Tenant shall repair or replace all of Tenant’s property at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant acknowledges that it is Tenant’s sole responsibility to obtain adequate insurance coverage to compensate Tenant for damage to Tenant’s property.

 

14.6 Waiver . Landlord and Tenant hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statutes which relate to the termination of leases when leased property is damaged or destroyed and agree that such event shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.

 

15. Condemnation . If any portion of the Premises or the Project are taken under the power of eminent domain, or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (all of which are herein called “ condemnation ”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs; provided that if so much of the Premises or Project are taken by such condemnation as would substantially and adversely affect the operation and profitability of Tenant’s business conducted from the Premises, and said taking lasts for ninety (90) days or more, Tenant shall have the option, to be exercised only in writing within thirty (30) days after Landlord shall have given Tenant written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within thirty (30) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession), to terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If a taking lasts for less than ninety (90) days, Tenant’s rent shall be abated during said period but Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the proportion that the usable floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total usable floor area of the Premises. Common Areas taken shall be excluded from the Common Areas usable by Tenant and no reduction of rent shall occur with respect thereto or by reason thereof. Landlord shall have the option in its sole discretion to terminate this Lease as of the taking of possession by the condemning authority, by giving written notice to Tenant of such election within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of a taking by condemnation of any part of the Premises or the Project. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises or the Project under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property of Landlord, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, for good will, for the taking of the fee, as severance damages, or as damages for tenant improvements; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to any separate award for loss of or damage to Tenant’s removable personal property and for moving expenses. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, and subject to the requirements of any lender that has made a loan to Landlord encumbering the Project, Landlord shall to the extent of severance damages received by Landlord in connection with such condemnation, repair any damage to the Project caused by such condemnation except to the extent that Tenant has been reimbursed therefore by the condemning authority. This section, not general principles of law or California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1230.010 et seq ., shall govern the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the condemnation of all or any portion of the Project.

 

  12  
 

 

16. Assignment and Subletting .

 

16.1 Landlord’s Consent Required . Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, hypothecate, mortgage, sublet, or otherwise transfer or encumber all or any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises (hereinafter collectively a “ Transfer ”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s written request for consent hereunder within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the written request from Tenant. Any attempted Transfer without such consent shall be void and shall constitute a default and breach of this Lease. Tenant’s written request for Landlord’s consent shall include, and Landlord’s thirty (30) day response period referred to above shall not commence, unless and until Landlord has received from Tenant, all of the following information: (a) financial statements for the proposed assignee or subtenant prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for the lesser of (i) the past three (3) years or (ii) the time period the assignee or subtenant has been in existence, (b) federal tax returns for the proposed assignee or subtenant for the lesser of (i) the past three (3) years or (ii) the time period the assignee or subtenant has been in existence, (c) a credit report or similar report on the proposed assignee or subtenant, (d) a detailed description of the business the assignee or subtenant intends to operate at the Premises, (e) the proposed effective date of the assignment or sublease, (f) a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment agreement which includes all of the terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, (g) a detailed description of any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or subtenant, (h) a detailed description of any Alterations the proposed assignee or subtenant desires to make to the Premises, and (i) a Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto (the “ Transferee HazMat Certificate ”). If the obligations of the proposed assignee or subtenant will be guaranteed by any person or entity, Tenant’s written request shall not be considered complete until the information described in (a), (b) and (c) of the previous sentence has been provided with respect to each proposed guarantor. “ Transfer ” shall also include the transfer (a) if Tenant is a corporation, and Tenant’s stock is not publicly traded over a recognized securities exchange, of more than twenty five percent (25%) of the voting stock of such corporation during the term of this Lease (whether or not in one or more transfers) or the dissolution, merger or liquidation of the corporation, or (b) if Tenant is a partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other entity, of more than twenty five percent (25%) of the profit and loss participation in such partnership or entity during the term of this Lease (whether or not in one or more transfers) or the dissolution, merger or liquidation of the partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other entity. If Tenant is a limited or general partnership (or is comprised of two or more persons, individually or as co-partners), Tenant shall not be entitled to change or convert to (i) a limited liability company, (ii) a limited liability partnership or (iii) any other entity which possesses the characteristics of limited liability without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant’s sole remedy in the event that Landlord shall wrongfully withhold consent to or disapprove any assignment or sublease shall be to obtain an order by a court of competent jurisdiction that Landlord grant such consent; in no event shall Landlord be liable for damages with respect to its granting or withholding consent to any proposed assignment or sublease. If Landlord shall exercise any option to recapture the Premises, or shall deny a request for consent to a proposed assignment or sublease, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs and claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or subtenant, or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease.

 

16.2 Standard for Approval . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a Transfer provided that Tenant has complied with each and every requirement, term and condition of this Section 16. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that each requirement, term and condition in this Section 16 is a reasonable requirement, term or condition. It shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to a Transfer if any requirement, term or condition of this Section 16 is not complied with or: (a) the Transfer would cause Landlord to be in violation of its obligations under another lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party; (b) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, a proposed assignee or subtenant has a smaller net worth than Tenant had on the date this Lease was entered into with Tenant or is less able financially to pay the rents due under this Lease as and when they are due and payable; (c) a proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s business will impose a burden on the Project’s parking facilities, Common Areas or utilities that is greater than the burden imposed by Tenant, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment; (d) the terms of a proposed assignment or subletting will allow the proposed assignee or subtenant to exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer, right of first refusal or similar right held by Tenant; (e) a proposed assignee or subtenant refuses to enter into a written assignment agreement or sublease, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, which provides that it will abide by and assume all of the terms and conditions of this Lease for the term of any assignment or sublease and containing such other terms and conditions as Landlord reasonably deems necessary; (f) the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant will be a use not permitted by this Lease; (g) any guarantor of this Lease refuses to consent to the Transfer or to execute a written agreement reaffirming the guaranty; (h) Tenant is in default as defined in Section 17 at the time of the request; (i) if requested by Landlord, the assignee or subtenant refuses to sign a non- disturbance and attornment agreement in favor of Landlord’s lender; (j) Landlord has sued or been sued by the proposed assignee or subtenant or has otherwise been involved in a legal dispute with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (k) the assignee or subtenant is involved in a business which is not in keeping with the then-current standards of the Project; (l) the proposed assignee or subtenant is an existing tenant of the Project or is a person or entity then negotiating with Landlord for the lease of space in the Project; (m) the assignment or sublease will result in there being more than one subtenant of the Premises; (n) the assignee or subtenant is a governmental or quasi-governmental entity or an agency, department or instrumentality of a governmental or quasi-governmental agency; (o) the assignee or subtenant will use, store or handle Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises of a type, nature, quantity not acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion or (p) the assignee or subtenant is a person or entity to whom Landlord has agreed not to lease space in the Project pursuant to a lease with another tenant.

 

  13  
 

 

16.3 Additional Terms and Conditions . The following terms and conditions shall be applicable to any Transfer:

 

(a) Regardless of Landlord’s consent, no Transfer shall release Tenant from Tenant’s obligations hereunder or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay the rent and other sums due Landlord hereunder and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder or release any guarantor from its obligations under its guaranty.

 

(b) Landlord may accept rent from any person other than Tenant pending approval or disapproval of an assignment or subletting.

 

(c) Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of a Transfer, nor the acceptance of rent, shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Landlord’s right to exercise its rights and remedies for the breach of any of the terms or conditions of this Section 16.

 

(d) The consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent Transfer by Tenant or to any subsequent or successive Transfer by an assignee or subtenant. However, Landlord may consent to subsequent Transfers or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Tenant or anyone else liable on the Lease and without obtaining their consent, and such action shall not relieve such persons from liability under this Lease.

 

(e) In the event of any default under this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant, any guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of this Lease, including any subtenant or assignee, without first exhausting Landlord’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Landlord, or any security held by Landlord.

 

(f) Landlord’s written consent to any Transfer by Tenant shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no default then exists under this Lease nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then-existing default.

 

(g) The discovery of the fact that any financial statement relied upon by Landlord in giving its consent to an assignment or subletting was materially false shall, at Landlord’s election, render Landlord’s consent null and void.

 

(h) Landlord shall not be liable under this Lease or under any sublease to any subtenant.

 

(i) No assignment or sublease may be modified or amended without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

(j) Any assignee of, or subtenant under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed, for the benefit of Landlord, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Tenant during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Landlord has specifically consented in writing.

 

(k) At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, Landlord’s standard consent to assignment or consent to sublease agreement, as applicable, executed by Tenant, the assignee and the subtenant, as applicable.

 

16.4 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting . The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Tenant of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

 

(a) Tenant hereby absolutely and unconditionally assigns and transfers to Landlord all of Tenant’s interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease entered into by Tenant, and Landlord may collect such rent and income and apply same toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a default shall occur in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant may receive, collect and enjoy the rents accruing under such sublease. Landlord shall not, by reason of this or any other assignment of such rents to Landlord nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a subtenant, be deemed to have assumed or recognized any sublease or to be liable to the subtenant for any failure of Tenant to perform and comply with any of Tenant’s obligations to such subtenant under such sublease, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligation to return any security deposit. Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such subtenant, upon receipt of a written notice from Landlord stating that a default exists in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Landlord the rents due as they become due under the sublease. Tenant agrees that such subtenant shall have the right to rely upon any such statement and request from Landlord, and that such subtenant shall pay such rents to Landlord without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such default exists and notwithstanding any notice or claim from Tenant to the contrary.

 

(b) In the event Tenant shall default in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord, at its option and without any obligation to do so, may require any subtenant to attorn to Landlord, in which event Landlord shall undertake the obligations of Tenant under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the termination of such sublease; provided, however, Landlord shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such subtenant to Tenant or for any other prior defaults of Tenant under such sublease.

 

  14  
 

 

16.5 Transfer Premium from Assignment or Subletting . Landlord shall be entitled to receive from Tenant (as and when received by Tenant) as an item of additional rent one-half of all amounts received by Tenant from the subtenant or assignee in excess of the amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (the “ Transfer Premium ”). The Transfer Premium shall be reduced by the reasonable brokerage commissions, tenant improvement costs and legal fees actually paid by Tenant in order to assign the Lease or to sublet all or a portion of the Premises. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all Base Rent, additional rent or other consideration of any type whatsoever payable by the assignee or subtenant in excess of the Base Rent and additional rent payable by Tenant under this Lease. If less than all of the Premises is subleased, for purposes of calculating the Transfer Premium, the Base Rent and the additional rent due under this Lease shall be allocated to the subleased premises on a per-leasable-square-foot basis (e.g., if one-half of the Premises is subleased, for purposes of determining the amount of the Transfer Premium, one-half of the Base Rent and additional rent due under this Lease would be allocated to the subleased premises, and this amount would be subtracted from the base rent, additional rent and other monies payable to Tenant under the sublease). “ Transfer Premium ” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money and bonus money paid by the assignee or subtenant to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair-market value for services rendered by Tenant to the assignee or subtenant or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment or furniture transferred by Tenant to the assignee or subtenant in connection with such Transfer. Landlord and Tenant agree that the foregoing Transfer Premium is reasonable.

 

16.6 Landlord’s Option to Recapture Space . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 16, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of any request by Tenant to assign this Lease or to sublease space in the Premises, to terminate this Lease with respect to said space as of the date thirty (30) days after Landlord’s election. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Base Rent and the number of parking spaces Tenant may use shall be adjusted on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the original Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of same. If Landlord recaptures only a portion of the Premises, it shall construct and erect at its sole cost such partitions as may be required to sever the space to be retained by Tenant from the space recaptured by Landlord. Landlord may, at its option, lease any recaptured portion of the Premises to the proposed subtenant or assignee or to any other person or entity without liability to Tenant. Tenant shall not be entitled to any portion of the profit, if any, Landlord may realize on account of such termination and reletting. Tenant acknowledges that the purpose of this section is to enable Landlord to receive profit in the form of higher rent or other consideration to be received from an assignee or subtenant, to give Landlord the ability to meet additional space requirements of other tenants of the Project and to permit Landlord to control the leasing of space in the Project. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the requirements of this section are commercially reasonable and are consistent with the intentions of Landlord and Tenant.

 

16:7 Landlord’s Expenses . In the event Tenant shall assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or request the consent of Landlord to any Transfer, then Tenant shall pay (a) $500 to Landlord to compensate Landlord for its internal administrative costs in processing the request plus (b) Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, attorneys’, architects’, accountants’, engineers’ or other consultants’ fees.

 

17. Default; Remedies .

 

17.1 Default by Tenant . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the occurrence of any one or more of the following events is a default by Tenant under this Lease and that said default shall give Landlord the rights described in Section 17.2. Landlord or Landlord’s authorized agent shall have the right to execute and to deliver any notice of default, notice to pay rent or quit or any other notice Landlord gives Tenant.

 

(a) Tenant’s failure to make any payment of Base Rent, Tenant’s Monthly Operating Expense Payment, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Real Property Taxes, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Insurance Costs or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, as and when due, where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant. In the event that Landlord serves Tenant with a notice to pay rent or quit pursuant to applicable unlawful detainer statutes, such notice shall also constitute the notice required by this Section 17.1(a).

 

(b) The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant, coupled with the nonpayment of rent, in which event Landlord shall not be obligated to give any notice of default to Tenant.

 

(c) The failure of Tenant to comply with any of its obligations under Sections 4, 10, 12, 13, 16, 19, 23, 25, 26, 27 and 28 where Tenant fails to comply with its obligations or fails to cure any earlier breach of such obligation within ten (10) days following written notice from Landlord to Tenant. In the event Landlord serves Tenant with a notice to quit or any other notice pursuant to applicable unlawful detainer statutes, said notice shall also constitute the notice required by this Section 17.1(c).

 

(d) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant (other than those referenced in Sections 17.1(a), (b) and (c), above), where such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s nonperformance is such that more than ten (10) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said ten (10) day period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion. In the event that Landlord serves Tenant with a notice to quit or any other notice pursuant to applicable unlawful detainer statutes, said notice shall also constitute the notice required by this Section 17.1(d).

 

  15  
 

 

(e) (i) The making by Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder of any general arrangement or general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) Tenant or any guarantor becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant or guarantor, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; or (v) the insolvency of Tenant. In the event that any provision of this Section 17.1(e) is unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect.

 

(f) The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement, representation or warranty given to Landlord by Tenant, or by any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, was materially false at the time given. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has entered into this Lease in material reliance on such information.

 

(g) If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity, the dissolution or liquidation of Tenant.

 

(h) If Tenant’s obligations under this Lease are guaranteed: (i) the death of a guarantor, (ii) the termination of a guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, (v) a guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory breach basis or (vi) if the guarantor is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, the dissolution of the guarantor or the termination of the guarantor’s existence.

 

17.2 Remedies .

 

(a) In the event of any default or breach of this Lease by Tenant, Landlord may, at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand, and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy which Landlord may have by reason of such default:

 

(i) terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. If Landlord terminates this Lease, Landlord may recover from Tenant (A) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (B) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; (C) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; and (D) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under the Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of releasing, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, any real estate commissions actually paid by Landlord and the unamortized value of any free rent, reduced rent, tenant improvement allowance or other economic concessions provided by Landlord. The “worth at time of award” of the amounts referred to in Section 17.2(a)(i)(A) and (B) shall be computed by allowing interest at the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum interest rate permitted by applicable law. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in Section 17.2(a)(i)(C) shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). For purposes of this Section 17.2(a)(i), “rent” shall be deemed to be all monetary obligations required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

(ii) maintain Tenant’s right of possession, in which event Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 which permits Landlord to continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due. In the event Landlord elects to continue this Lease in effect, Tenant shall have the right to sublet the Premises or assign Tenant’s interest in the Lease subject to the reasonable requirements contained in Section 16 of this Lease and provided further that Landlord shall not require compliance with any standard or condition contained in Section 16 that has become unreasonable at the time Tenant seeks to sublet or assign the Premises pursuant to this Section 17.2(a)(ii).

 

(iii) collect sublease rents (or appoint a receiver to collect such rent) and otherwise perform Tenant’s obligations at the Premises, it being agreed, however, that the appointment of a receiver for Tenant shall not constitute an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease.

 

(iv) pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Landlord under the laws or judicial decisions of the state in which the Premises are located.

 

(b) No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive, but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term of the Lease or by reason of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.

 

  16  
 

 

(c) If Tenant abandons the Premises, Landlord may re-enter the Premises, and such re-entry shall not be deemed to constitute Landlord’s election to accept a surrender of the Premises or to otherwise relieve Tenant from liability for its breach of this Lease. No surrender of the Premises shall be effective against Landlord unless Landlord has entered into a written agreement with Tenant in which Landlord expressly agrees to (i) accept a surrender of the Premises and (ii) relieve Tenant of liability under the Lease. The delivery by Tenant to Landlord of possession of the Premises shall not constitute the termination of the Lease or the surrender of the Premises.

 

17.3 Default by Landlord . Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and to the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Project whose name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Tenant in writing, specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligation; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its cure, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. In no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate this Lease as a result of Landlord’s default, and Tenant’s remedies shall be limited to damages and/or an injunction. Tenant hereby waives its right to recover consequential damages (including, but not limited to, lost profits) or punitive damages arising out of a Landlord default. This Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall not be affected or impaired because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or is delayed in doing so, if such inability or delay is caused by reason of a Force Majeure Event, and the time for Landlord’s performance shall be extended for the period of any such delay. Any claim, demand, right or defense by Tenant that arises out of this Lease or the negotiations which preceded this Lease shall be barred unless Tenant commences an action thereon, or interposes a defense by reason thereof, within six (6) months after the date of the inaction, omission, event or action that gave rise to such claim, demand, right or defense.

 

17.4 Late Charges . Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Base Rent or other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed encumbering the Project. Accordingly, if any installment of Base Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord when such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice or demand to Tenant, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. Acceptance of such late charge by Landlord shall in no event constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, including the assessment of interest under Section 17.5.

 

17.5 Interest On Past-due Obligations . Except as expressly herein provided, any amount due to Landlord that is not paid when due shall bear interest at the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by applicable law. Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease; provided, however, that interest shall not be payable on late charges incurred by Tenant nor on any amounts upon which late charges are paid by Tenant.

 

17.6 Payment of Rent and Security Deposit After Default . If Tenant fails to pay Base Rent, Tenant’s Monthly Operating Expense Payments, parking charges or any other monetary obligation due hereunder on the date it is due, after Tenant’s third failure to pay any monetary obligation on the date it is due, at Landlord’s option, all monetary obligations of Tenant hereunder shall thereafter be paid by cashier’s check, and Tenant shall, upon demand, provide Landlord with an additional security deposit equal to three (3) multiplied by the monthly Base Rent due on the date of Landlord’s demand. If Landlord has required Tenant to make said payments by cashier’s check or to provide an additional security deposit, Tenant’s failure to make a payment by cashier’s check or to provide the additional security deposit shall be a default hereunder.

 

18. Landlord’s Right to Cure Default; Payments by Tenant . All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of rent. If Tenant shall fail to perform any of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, after three (3) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s behalf without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefore, an amount equal to the expenditures reasonably made by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of this section.

 

  17  
 

 

19. Indemnity . Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and its employees, partners, agents, property managers, contractors, lenders and ground lessors (said persons and entities are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Indemnified Parties ” or “ Landlord Parties ”) from and against any and all liability, loss, cost, damage, claims, loss of rents, liens, judgments, penalties, fines, settlement costs, investigation costs, cost of consultants and experts, attorney’s fees, court costs and other legal expenses, effects of environmental contamination, cost of environmental testing, removal, remediation and/or abatement of Hazardous Materials (as said term are defined below), insurance policy deductibles and other expenses (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Damages ”) arising out of or related to an Indemnified Matter (as defined below). For purposes of this section, an “ Indemnified Matter ” shall mean any matter for which one or more of the Indemnified Parties incurs liability or Damages if the liability or Damages arise out of or involve, directly or indirectly, (a) Tenant’s or its employees’, agents’, contractors’, invitees’, subtenants’ or other persons working in or visiting the Premises (all of said persons or entities are hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Tenant Parties ”) use or occupancy of the Premises or the Project, (b) any act, omission or neglect of a Tenant Party, (c) Tenant’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Lease, (d) the existence, use or disposal of any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) brought on to the project by a Tenant Party or (e) any other matters for which Tenant has agreed to indemnify Landlord pursuant to any other Provision of this Lease. Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall include, but shall not be limited to (f) compensating the Indemnified Parties for Damages arising out of Indemnified Matters within ten (10) days after written demand from an Indemnified Party and (g) providing a defense, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, at Tenant’s sole expense, within ten (10) days after written demand from the Indemnified Party, of any claims, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to an Indemnified Matter whether or not litigated or reduced to judgment and whether or not well founded. If Tenant is obligated to compensate an Indemnified Party for Damages arising out of an Indemnified Matter, Landlord shall have the immediate and unconditional right, but not the obligation, without notice or demand to Tenant, to pay the Damages, and Tenant shall, upon ten (10) days’ advance written notice from Landlord, reimburse Landlord for the costs incurred by Landlord. By way of example, and not limitation, Landlord shall have the immediate and unconditional right to cause any Damages to the Common Areas, another tenant’s premises or to any other part of the Project to be repaired and to compensate other tenants of the Project or other persons or entities for Damages arising out of an Indemnified Matter. The Indemnified Parties need not first pay any Damages to be indemnified hereunder. Tenant’s obligations under this section shall not be released, reduced or otherwise limited because one or more of the Indemnified Parties are or may be actively or passively negligent with respect to an Indemnified Matter or because an Indemnified Party is or was partially responsible for the Damages incurred. This indemnity is intended to apply to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Tenant’s obligations under this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease unless specifically waived in writing by Landlord after said expiration or termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this section, Tenant shall not be obligated to indemnify an Indemnified Party from liability to the extent such liability arises out of the Indemnified Party’s negligence.

 

20. Exemption of Landlord from Liability . Tenant hereby agrees that Landlord Parties shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or any loss of income therefrom or for loss of or damage to the merchandise, tenant improvements, fixtures, furniture, equipment, computers, files, automobiles, or other property of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees, or any other person in or about the Project, nor shall Landlord Parties be liable for injury to the person of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from any cause whatsoever including, but not limited to, theft, criminal activity at the Project, negligent security measures, bombings or bomb scares, acts of terrorism, Hazardous Materials, fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, flooding, breakage of pipes, sprinklers, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether said damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Project, or from other sources or places, or from new construction or the repair, alteration or improvement of any part of the Project, and regardless of whether the cause of the damage or injury arises out of the active negligence, passive negligence or intentional acts of Landlord Parties. Landlord Parties shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any employees, agents, contractors or invitees of any other tenant, occupant or user of the Project, nor from the failure of Landlord Parties to enforce the provisions of the lease of any other tenant of the Project. Tenant, as a material part of the consideration to Landlord hereunder, hereby assumes all risk of damage to Tenant’s property or business or injury to persons, in, upon or about the Project arising from any cause, including the active or passive negligence of Landlord Parties, and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord Parties.

 

21. Landlord’s Liability . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project and to assign this Lease to the transferee. Tenant agrees that in the event of such a transfer Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease; and Tenant hereby agrees to look solely to Landlord’s transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of the transfer. Upon such a transfer, Landlord shall, at its option, return Tenant’s security deposit to Tenant or transfer Tenant’s security deposit to Landlord’s transferee and, in either event, Landlord shall have no further liability to Tenant for the return of its security deposit. Subject to the rights of any lender holding a mortgage or deed of trust encumbering all or part of the Project, Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s equity interest in the Project for the collection of any judgment requiring the payment of money by Landlord arising out of (a) Landlord’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or (b) the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its partners, employees and agents. No other property or assets of Landlord shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of any judgment or writ obtained by Tenant against Landlord. No partner, employee or agent of Landlord shall be personally liable for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder or be named as a party in any lawsuit arising out of or related to, directly or indirectly, this Lease and the obligations of Landlord hereunder. The obligations under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of the individual partners of Landlord, if any, and Tenant shall not seek recourse against the individual partners of Landlord or their assets.

 

22. Signs . Tenant shall not make any changes to the exterior of the Premises, install any exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners or painting, or erect or install any signs, windows or door lettering, placards, decorations or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Upon vacation of the Premises, Tenant shall remove all signs and repair, paint and/or replace the building facia surface to which its signs are attached. Tenant shall obtain all applicable governmental permits and approvals for signs and exterior treatments. All signs, decorations, advertising media, blinds, draperies and other window treatment or bars or other security installations visible from outside the Premises shall be subject to Landlord’s approval and conform in all respects to Landlord’s requirements.

 

  18  
 

 

23. Parking . During the term and subject to the rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit “C,” as modified by Landlord from time to time (the “ Rules ”), Tenant shall be entitled to use the number of parking spaces set forth in Section 1.15 in the Common Area parking lot of the Project. Tenant’s parking rights are in common with the parking rights of any other tenants of the Project, and all of Tenant’s parking spaces are unreserved parking spaces. Landlord reserves the right at any time to designate areas in the Common Areas where Tenant may or may not park. If Tenant commits or allows in the parking lot any of the activities prohibited by the Lease or the Rules, then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable by Tenant upon demand by Landlord. Tenant’s parking rights are the personal rights of Tenant, and Tenant shall not transfer, assign or otherwise convey its parking rights separate and apart from this Lease. All parking spaces may only be used for parking vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks. Landlord, in addition to its other remedies, shall have the right to remove or tow away any other vehicles. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities.

 

24. Broker’s Fee . Tenant and Landlord each represent and warrant to the other that neither has had any dealings or entered into any agreements with any person, entity, broker or finder other than the persons, if any, listed in Section 1.16, in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and no other broker, person, or entity is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and Tenant and Landlord each agree to indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against any claims, damages, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings, actions or agreements of the indemnifying party. The commission payable to Landlord’s broker with respect to this Lease shall be pursuant to the terms of the separate commission agreement in effect between Landlord and Landlord’s broker. Landlord’s broker shall pay a portion of its commission to Tenant’s broker, if so provided in any agreement between Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker. Nothing in this Lease shall impose any obligation on Landlord to pay a commission or fee to any party other than Landlord’s broker.

 

25. Estoppel Certificate .

 

25.1 Delivery of Certificate . Tenant shall from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying such information as Landlord may reasonably request including, but not limited to, the following: (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect), (b) the date to which the Base Rent and other charges are paid in advance and the amounts so payable, (c) that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults or unfulfilled obligations on the part of Landlord, or specifying such defaults or unfulfilled obligations, if any are claimed, (d) that all tenant improvements to be constructed by Landlord, if any, have been completed in accordance with Landlord’s obligations, and (e) that Tenant has taken possession of the Premises. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Project.

 

25.2 Failure to Deliver Certificate . At Landlord’s option, the failure of Tenant to deliver such statement within such time shall constitute a default of Tenant hereunder, or it shall be conclusive upon Tenant that (a) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (b) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, (c) not more than one month’s Base Rent has been paid in advance, (d) all tenant improvements to be constructed by Landlord, if any, have been completed in accordance with Landlord’s obligations, and (e) Tenant has taken possession of the Premises.

 

26. Financial Information . From time to time, at Landlord’s request, Tenant shall cause the following financial information to be delivered to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, upon not less than ten (10) days’ advance written notice from Landlord: (a) a current financial statement for Tenant and Tenant’s financial statements for the previous two accounting years, (b) a current financial statement for any guarantor(s) of this Lease and the guarantor’(s) financial statements for the previous two accounting years and (c) such other financial information pertaining to Tenant or any guarantor as Landlord or any lender or purchaser of Landlord may reasonably request. All financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord, from time to time, without notice to Tenant, to obtain a credit report or credit history on Tenant from any credit reporting company.

 

27. Environmental Matters/hazardous Materials .

 

27.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DISCLOSURE CERTIFICATE. Prior to executing this Lease, Tenant has delivered to Landlord Tenant’s executed initial Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate (the “ Initial HazMat Certificate ”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D. Tenant covenants, represents and warrants to Landlord that the information in the Initial HazMat Certificate is true and correct and accurately describes the use(s) of Hazardous Materials which will be made and/or used on the Premises by Tenant. Tenant shall, commencing with the date which is one year from the Commencement Date and continuing every year thereafter, deliver to Landlord an executed Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate (the “ HazMat Certificate ”) describing Tenant’s then-present use of Hazardous Materials on the Premises, and any other reasonably necessary documents and information as requested by Landlord. The HazMat Certificates required hereunder shall be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

 

  19  
 

 

27.2 Definition of Hazardous Materials . As used in this Lease, the term “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean and include (a) any hazardous or toxic wastes, materials or substances, and other pollutants or contaminants, which are or become regulated by any Environmental Laws (defined below); (b) petroleum, petroleum by-products, gasoline, diesel fuel, crude oil or any fraction thereof; (c) asbestos and asbestos-containing material, in any form, whether friable or non-friable; (d) polychlorinated biphenyls; (e) radioactive materials; (f) lead and lead-containing materials; (g) any other material, waste or substance displaying toxic, reactive, ignitable or corrosive characteristics, as all such terms are used in their broadest sense, and are defined or become defined by any Environmental Law; or (h) any materials which cause or threatens to cause a nuisance upon or waste to any portion of the Project or any surrounding property; or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health and safety of persons on the Premises, any other portion of the Project or any surrounding property. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Hazardous Materials” shall not include nominal amounts of ordinary household cleaners, office supplies and janitorial supplies which are not actionable under any Environmental Laws.

 

27.3 Prohibition; Environmental Laws . Tenant shall not be entitled to use or store any Hazardous Materials on, in, or about any portion of the Premises and the Project without, in each instance, obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent thereto. If Landlord, in its sole discretion, consents to any such usage or storage, then Tenant shall be permitted to use and/or store only those Hazardous Materials that are necessary for Tenant’s business and to the extent disclosed in the HazMat Certificate and as expressly approved by Landlord in writing. Any such usage and storage may only be to the extent of the quantities of Hazardous Materials as specified in the then-applicable HazMat Certificate as expressly approved by Landlord. In all events such usage and storage must at all times be in full compliance with any and all local, state and federal environmental, health and/or safety-related laws, statutes, orders, standards, courts’ decisions, ordinances, rules and regulations (as interpreted by judicial and administrative decisions), decrees, directives, guidelines, permits or permit conditions, currently existing and as amended, enacted, issued or adopted in the future which are or become applicable to Tenant or all or any portion of the Premises (collectively, the “ Environmental Laws ”) and in compliance with the recommendations of Landlord’s consultants. Tenant agrees that any changes to the type and/or quantities of Hazardous Materials specified in the most recent HazMat Certificate may be implemented only with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall not be entitled nor permitted to install any tanks under, on or about the Premises for the storage of Hazardous Materials without the express written consent of Landlord, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, at all times during the Term of this Lease to (i) inspect the Premises, (ii) conduct tests and investigations to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with the provisions of this Section 27 or to determine if Hazardous Materials are present in, on or about the Project, (iii) request lists of all Hazardous Materials used, stored or otherwise located on, under or about any portion of the Premises and/or the Common Areas, and (iv) to require Tenant to complete a survey of its use, storage and handling of Hazardous Materials in the Premises, using a form and following procedures designated by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion (the “ Survey ”). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of all such inspections, tests and investigations, and all costs associated with any Survey. If as a result of an inspection, test or Survey Landlord determines, in Landlord’s sole discretion, that Tenant should implement or perform safety, security or compliance measures, Tenant shall within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord perform such measures, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The aforementioned rights granted herein to Landlord and its representatives shall not create (a) a duty on Landlord’s part to inspect, test, investigate, monitor or otherwise observe the Premises or the activities of Tenant and Tenant Parties with respect to Hazardous Materials, including without limitation, Tenant’s operation, use and any remediation relating thereto, or (b) liability on the part of Landlord and its representatives for Tenant’s use, storage, disposal or remediation of Hazardous Materials, it being understood that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection therewith.

 

27.4 Tenant’s Environmental Obligations . Tenant shall give to Landlord immediate verbal and follow-up written notice of any spills, releases, discharges, disposals, emissions, migrations, removals or transportation of Hazardous Materials on, under or about any portion of the Premises or in any Common Areas; provided that Tenant has actual, implied or constructive knowledge of such event(s). Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, covenants and warrants to promptly investigate, clean up, remove, restore and otherwise remediate (including, without limitation, preparation of any feasibility studies or reports and the performance of any and all closures) any spill, release, discharge, disposal, emission, migration or transportation of Hazardous Materials arising from or related to the intentional or negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant Parties such that the affected portions of the Project and any adjacent property are returned to the condition existing prior to the appearance of such Hazardous Materials. Any such investigation, clean up, removal, restoration and other remediation shall only be performed after Tenant has obtained Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on any portion of the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to respond immediately to an emergency without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall conduct and perform, or cause to be conducted and performed, all closures as required by any Environmental Laws or any agencies or other governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof. If Tenant fails to so promptly investigate, clean up, remove, restore, provide closure or otherwise so remediate, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, take any and all steps necessary to rectify the same, and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord, upon demand, for all costs and expenses to Landlord of performing investigation, cleanup, removal, restoration, closure and remediation work. All such work undertaken by Tenant, as required herein, shall be performed in such a manner so as to enable Landlord to make full economic use of the Premises and other portions of the Project after the satisfactory completion of such work.

 

  20  
 

 

27.5 Environmental Indemnity . In addition to Tenant’s other indemnity obligations under this Lease, Tenant agrees to, and shall, protect, indemnify, defend (with counsel acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and the other Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, liability or expense (including, without limitation, diminution in value of any portion of the Premises or the Project, damages for the loss of or restriction on the use of rentable or usable space, and from any adverse impact of Landlord’s marketing of any space within the Project) arising at any time during or after the term of this Lease in connection with or related to, directly or indirectly, the use, presence, transportation, storage, disposal, migration, removal, spill, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials on, in or about any portion of the Project as a result (directly or indirectly) of the intentional or negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant Parties. Neither the written consent of Landlord to the presence, use or storage of Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about any portion of the Project nor the strict compliance by Tenant with all Environmental Laws shall excuse Tenant from its obligations of indemnification pursuant hereto. Tenant shall not be relieved of its indemnification obligations under the provisions of this Section 27.5 due to Landlord’s status as either an “owner” or “operator” under any Environmental Laws.

 

27.6 Survival . Tenant’s obligations and liabilities pursuant to the provisions of this Section 27 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If it is determined by Landlord that the condition of all or any portion of the Project is not in compliance with the provisions of this Lease with respect to Hazardous Materials, including without limitation, all Environmental Laws at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Landlord may require Tenant to hold over possession of the Premises until Tenant can surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition in which the Premises existed as of the Commencement Date and prior to the appearance of such Hazardous Materials except for reasonable wear and tear, including without limitation, the conduct or performance of any closures as required by any Environmental Laws. The burden of proof hereunder shall be upon Tenant. For purposes hereof, the term “reasonable wear and tear” shall not include any deterioration in the condition or diminution of the value of any portion of the Project in any manner whatsoever related to, directly or indirectly, Hazardous Materials. Any such holdover by Tenant will be with Landlord’s consent, will not be terminable by Tenant in any event or circumstance and will otherwise be subject to the provisions of Section 33 of this Lease.

 

27.7 No Liability for Acts of Others . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall only be liable pursuant to this Section 27 for the acts of Tenant and Tenant Parties, and Tenant shall not be liable for the acts of persons or entities other than Tenant and Tenant Parties nor shall Tenant be responsible or liable for contamination that existed at the Premises on the Commencement Date or for contamination emanating from neighboring land.

 

28. Subordination .

 

28.1 Effect of Subordination . This Lease, and any Option (as defined below) granted hereby, upon Landlord’s written election, shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust or any other hypothecation or security now or hereafter placed upon the Project and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Notwithstanding such subordination, Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in default and so long as Tenant shall pay the rent and observe and perform all of the provisions of this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms. At the request of any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor, Tenant shall attorn to such person or entity. If any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease and any Options granted hereby prior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, whether this Lease or such Options are dated prior or subsequent to the date of said mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease or the date of recording thereof. In the event of the foreclosure of a security device, the new owner shall not (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord or with respect to events occurring prior to its acquisition of title, (b) be liable for the breach of this Lease by any prior landlord, (c) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant may have against the prior landlord or (d) be liable to Tenant for the return of its security deposit.

 

28.2 Execution of Documents . Tenant agrees to execute and acknowledge any documents Landlord reasonably requests that Tenant execute to effectuate an attornment, a subordination, or to make this Lease or any Option granted herein prior to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be. Tenant’s failure to execute such documents within ten (10) days after written demand shall constitute a default by Tenant hereunder or, at Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right to execute such documents on behalf of Tenant as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact. Tenant does hereby make, constitute and irrevocably appoint Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact and in Tenant’s name, place and stead to execute such documents in accordance with this section.

 

29. Options .

 

29.1 Definition . As used in this Lease, the word “ Option ” has the following meaning: (1) the right or option to extend the term of this Lease or to renew this Lease, (2) the option or right of first refusal to lease the Premises or the right of first offer to lease the Premises or the right of first refusal to lease other space within the Project or the right of first offer to lease other space within the Project, and (3) the right or option to terminate this Lease prior to its expiration date or to reduce the size of the Premises. Any Option granted to Tenant by Landlord must be evidenced by a written option agreement attached to this Lease as a rider or addendum or said option shall be of no force or effect. For purposes of this section, an Option shall also include any Option contained in any subsequent amendment to this Lease.

 

  21  
 

 

29.2 Options Personal . Each Option granted to Tenant in this Lease, if any, is personal to the original Tenant and may be exercised only by the original Tenant while occupying the entire Premises and may not be exercised or be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, by or to any person or entity other than Tenant, including, without limitation, any permitted transferee as defined in Section 16. The Options, if any, herein granted to Tenant are not assignable separate and apart from this Lease, nor may any Option be separated from this Lease in any manner, either by reservation or otherwise. If at any time an Option is exercisable by Tenant, the Lease has been assigned or a sublease exists as to any portion of the Premises, the Option shall be deemed null and void and neither Tenant nor any assignee or subtenant shall have the right to exercise the Option.

 

29.3 Multiple Options . In the event that Tenant has multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Option to extend or renew this Lease has been so exercised.

 

29.4 Effect of Default On Options . Tenant shall have no right to exercise an Option (i) during the time commencing from the date Landlord gives to Tenant a notice of default pursuant to Section 17.1 and continuing until the noncompliance alleged in said notice of default is cured, or (ii) if Tenant is in default of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease. The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of this section.

 

29.5 Limitations On Options . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any rider or addendum to this Lease, any options, rights of first refusal or rights of first offer granted hereunder shall be subject and secondary to Landlord’s right to first offer and lease any such space to any tenant who is then occupying or leasing such space at the time the space becomes available for leasing and shall be subject and subordinated to any other options, rights of first refusal or rights of first offer previously given to any other person or entity.

 

29.6 Guarantees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any rider or addendum to this Lease, Tenant’s right to exercise and the effectiveness of an Option is conditioned upon Landlord’s receipt from any prior tenant that has not been expressly released from liability under this Lease, and any guarantor of any obligation of Tenant under this Lease, of a written agreement satisfactory to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, reaffirming such person’s obligations under this Lease or the guaranty, as modified by Tenant’s exercise of the Option.

 

29.7 Notice of Exercise of Option . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 43, Tenant shall give written notice exercising the Option using certified mail return receipt requested or some other method where the person delivering the package containing the notice obtains a signature of the person accepting the package containing the notice (e.g., by FedEx with the requirement that the FedEx delivery person obtain a signature from the person accepting the package). It shall be the obligation of Tenant to prove that Landlord received the notice exercising the Option in a timely manner.

 

30. Landlord Reservations . Landlord shall have the right: (a) to change the name and address of the Project or Building upon not less than ninety (90) days prior written notice; (b) to permit any tenant the exclusive right to conduct any business as long as such exclusive right does not conflict with any rights expressly given herein; and (c) to place signs, notices or displays upon the roof, interior or exterior of the Building or Common Areas of the Project. Landlord reserves the right to use the exterior walls of the Premises, and the area beneath, adjacent to and above the Premises together with the right to install, use, maintain and replace equipment, machinery, pipes, conduits and wiring through the Premises, which serve other parts of the Project provided that Landlord’s use does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

 

31. Changes to Project . Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, from time to time, to make changes to the size, shape, location, number and extent of the improvements comprising the Project (hereinafter referred to as “ Changes ”) including, but not limited to, the interior and exterior of buildings, the Common Areas, HVAC, electrical systems, communication systems, fire protection and detection systems, plumbing systems, security systems, parking control systems, driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas and landscaped areas. In connection with the Changes, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures at the Project, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the Common Areas, or perform work in the Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building. Tenant hereby agrees that such Changes and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Changes shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Changes, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Changes or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Changes. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize disruption to Tenant’s business operations caused by Changes.

 

32. Substitution of Other Premises . Landlord shall have the right at any time to move Tenant to any other leasable space in the Project provided that said space shall be approximately the same size as the Premises (the “ Substituted Space ”). The Substituted Space shall include tenant improvements that are substantially equivalent to the tenant improvements contained in the Premises, and the cost of any required tenant improvements shall be paid by Landlord. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs actually paid by Tenant to unrelated third parties to move its furniture and equipment from the Premises to the Substituted Space. Prior to the date that Tenant moves into the Substituted Space, Tenant shall remain in the Premises and shall continue to perform all of its obligations under this Lease. After Tenant moves into the Substituted Space, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and the Substituted Space shall constitute the Premises. If the Substituted Space is larger than the original Premises, Tenant’s Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the number of parking spaces Tenant shall be entitled to use shall not change. If, on the other hand, the Substituted Space is smaller than the original Premises, Tenant’s Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses shall be adjusted based on the relationship between the number of rentable square feet in the original Premises and the number of rentable square feet in the Substituted Space. The Lease shall be amended to reflect the foregoing terms and conditions, and Tenant shall execute the lease amendment within ten (10) days after the lease amendment is delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

 

  22  
 

  

33. Holding Over . If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof with Landlord’s consent, such occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease pertaining to the obligations of Tenant, except that the Base Rent payable shall be two hundred percent (200%) of the Base Rent payable immediately preceding the termination date of this Lease, and all Options, if any, shall be deemed terminated and be of no further effect. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises or any part thereof, after the expiration of the term hereof without Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, be treated as a tenant at sufferance or a trespasser. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to constitute Landlord’s consent to Tenant holding over at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease term or to give Tenant the right to hold over after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease term. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord from any cost, loss, claim or liability (including attorneys’ fees) Landlord may incur as a result of Tenant’s failure to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord upon the termination of this Lease.

 

34. Landlord’s Access .

 

34.1 Access . Landlord and Landlord’s agents, contractors and employees shall have the right to enter the Premises at reasonable times upon reasonable advance telephonic notice to Tenant (except in the case of any emergency, where no advance notice shall be required) for the purpose of inspecting the Premises, performing any services required of Landlord, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants, undertaking safety measures and making alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project. In the event of an emergency, Landlord may gain access to the Premises by any reasonable means, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for damage to the Premises or to Tenant’s property resulting from such access. Landlord may at any time place on or about the Building or the Project for sale or for lease signs.

 

34.2 Keys . Landlord shall have the right to retain keys to the locks on the entry doors to the Premises and all interior doors at the Premises.

 

35. Security Measures . Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises or the Project, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant due to its failure to provide such services. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors and invitees and the property of Tenant and of Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors and invitees from acts of third parties. Nothing herein contained shall prevent Landlord, at Landlord’s sole option, from implementing security measures for the Project or any part thereof, in which event Tenant shall participate in such security measures, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors and invitees arising out of Landlord’s negligent provision of security measures. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require all persons entering or leaving the Project to identify themselves to a security guard and to reasonably establish that such person should be permitted access to the Project. In no event shall Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors bring firearms or other weapons to the Project or the Premises, and Tenant shall not have the right to employ armed security guards.

 

36. Easements . Landlord reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant such easements, rights and dedications that Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Tenant. Tenant shall sign any of the aforementioned documents within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall constitute a default by Tenant. The obstruction of Tenant’s view, air or light by any structure erected in the vicinity of the Project, whether by Landlord or third parties, shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability upon Landlord.

 

37. Transportation Management . Tenant shall fully comply at its sole expense with all present or future programs implemented or required by any governmental or quasi-governmental entity or Landlord to manage parking, transportation, air pollution or traffic in and around the Project or the metropolitan area in which the Project is located.

 

38. Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

 

39. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to each of the obligations to be performed by Tenant and Landlord under this Lease.

 

40. Definition of Additional Rent . All monetary obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease, including, but not limited to, Base Rent, Tenant’s Monthly Operating Expense Payment, Tenant’s Percentage Share of Insurance Costs and Real Property Taxes and late charges shall be deemed to be rent.

 

  23  
 

 

41. Incorporation of Prior Agreements . This Lease and the attachments listed in Section 1.17 contain all agreements of the parties with respect to the lease of the Premises and any other matter mentioned herein. No prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter shall be effective. Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, Tenant hereby acknowledges that no real estate broker nor Landlord nor any employee or agents of any of said persons has made any oral or written warranties or representations to Tenant concerning the condition or use by Tenant of the Premises or the Project or concerning any other matter addressed by this Lease.

 

42. Amendments . This Lease may be modified in writing only, signed by the parties in interest at the time of the modification. One or more emails signed by one or more parties shall never constitute a writing signed by the parties that is capable of amending or modifying the Lease.

 

43. Notices . All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered (a) in person (by hand, by messenger or by courier service), (b) by U.S. Postal Service regular mail, (c) by U.S. Postal Service certified mail, return receipt requested or (d) by U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, Federal Express or other overnight courier, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this section. Notices may not be given by email, and email notices shall not be binding on Landlord or Tenant for any purpose. Any notice permitted or required hereunder, and any notice to pay rent or quit or similar notice, shall be deemed personally delivered to Tenant on the date the notice is personally delivered to any employee of Tenant at the Premises. The addresses set forth in Section 1.18 of this Lease shall be the address of each party for notice purposes. Landlord or Tenant may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes, except that upon Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Tenant’s address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to Tenant. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Landlord may from time to time hereinafter designate by written notice to Tenant. Any notice sent by regular mail or by certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given three (3) days after deposited with the U.S. Postal Service. Notices delivered by U.S. Express Mail, Federal Express or other courier shall be deemed given on the date delivered by the carrier to the appropriate party’s address for notice purposes. If notice is received on Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to limit Landlord’s right to serve any notice to pay rent or quit or similar notice by any method permitted by applicable law, and any such notice shall be effective if served in accordance with any method permitted by applicable law whether or not the requirements of this section have been met.

 

44. Waivers . No waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by Landlord or Tenant of the same or any other provision. Landlord’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant. The acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any provision hereof, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent. No acceptance by Landlord of partial payment of any sum due from Tenant shall be deemed a waiver by Landlord of its right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or accompanying letter from Tenant be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Tenant hereby waives California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1179 and Civil Code section 3275 which allow tenants to obtain relief from the forfeiture of a lease, and Tenant hereby waives any claim it may have against Landlord based on Landlord’s failure to comply with Section 1938 of the California Civil Code. Tenant hereby waives for Tenant and all those claiming under Tenant all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by legal process or writ Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

 

45. Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though Landlord’s covenants contained herein are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant are both covenants and conditions.

 

46. Binding Effect; Choice of Law . Subject to any provision hereof restricting assignment or subletting by Tenant, this Lease shall bind the parties, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the Project is located, and any litigation concerning this Lease between the parties hereto shall be initiated in the county in which the Project is located.

 

47. Attorneys’ Fees . If Landlord or Tenant brings an action to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party in any such action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to its reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the court in the same or separate suit, and whether or not such action is pursued to decision or judgment. The attorneys’ fee award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees and court costs reasonably incurred in good faith. Landlord shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such default. Landlord and Tenant agree that attorneys’ fees incurred with respect to defaults and bankruptcy are actual pecuniary losses within the meaning of Section 365(b)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute.

 

48. Auctions . Tenant shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction or going-out-of-business sale upon the Premises or the Common Areas.

 

  24  
 

 

49. Merger . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, or a termination by Landlord, shall not result in the merger of Landlord’s and Tenant’s estates and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subtenancies or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subtenancies.

 

50. Quiet Possession . Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Lease, and the rights of any lender, and provided Tenant is not in default hereunder, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

 

51. Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or general or limited partnership, Tenant, and each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity, represents and warrants that such individual is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity, that said entity is duly authorized to enter into this Lease, and that this Lease is enforceable against said entity in accordance with its terms. If Tenant is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other partnership, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord upon demand evidence of such authority satisfactory to Landlord.

 

52. Conflict . Any conflict between the type written provisions of this Lease and handwritten provisions, if any, shall be controlled by the handwritten provisions; provided, however, handwritten provisions shall have no force or effect unless separately initialed by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

53. Multiple Parties . If more than one person or entity is named as Tenant herein, the obligations of Tenant shall be the joint and several responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as Tenant. Service of a notice in accordance with Section 43 on one Tenant shall be deemed service of notice on all Tenants.

 

54. Interpretation . This Lease shall be interpreted as if it was prepared by both parties, and ambiguities shall not be resolved in favor of Tenant because all or a portion of this Lease was prepared by Landlord. The captions contained in this Lease are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit or alter the meaning of this Lease. As used in this Lease, the words tenant and landlord include the plural as well as the singular. Words used in the neuter gender include the masculine and feminine gender.

 

55. Prohibition Against Recording . Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to record a memorandum of this Lease, and Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord for recording any memorandum prepared by Landlord.

 

56. Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

 

57. Rules and Regulations . Tenant agrees to abide by and conform to the Rules and to cause its employees, suppliers, customers and invitees to so abide and conform. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to modify, amend and enforce the Rules in a nondiscriminatory manner. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the failure of other persons, including, but not limited to, other tenants, their agents, employees and invitees, to comply with the Rules.

 

58. Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in its sole discretion shall determine, and Tenant is not relying on any representation that any specific tenant or number of tenants will occupy the Project.

 

59. Patriot Act . Tenant represents to Landlord that, (i) neither Tenant nor any person or entity that directly owns a 10% or greater equity interest in it nor any of its officers, directors or managing members is a person or entity (each, a “ Prohibited Person ”) with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under Executive Order 13224 (the “ Executive Order ”) signed on September 24, 2001, and entitled “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism,” or other governmental action, (ii) Tenant’s activities do not violate the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti- Terrorism Act of 2001 or the regulations or orders promulgated thereunder (as amended from time to time, the “ Money Laundering Act ”) and (iii) throughout the term of this Lease, Tenant shall comply with the Executive Order and with the Money Laundering Act.

 

60. Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord. Disclosure of the terms hereof could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate other leases with respect to the Project and may impair Landlord's relationship with other tenants of the Project. Tenant agrees that it and its partners, officers, directors, employees, brokers, and attorneys, if any, shall not disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to any other person or entity without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be given or withheld by Landlord, in Landlord's sole discretion. It is understood and agreed that damages alone would be an inadequate remedy for the breach of this provision by Tenant, and Landlord shall also have the right to seek specific performance of this provision and to seek injunctive relief to prevent its breach or continued breach.

 

  25  
 

  

61. Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR CROSS-COMPLAINT IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING AND/OR HEARING BROUGHT BY EITHER LANDLORD AGAINST TENANT OR TENANT AGAINST LANDLORD ON ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH, THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT'S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER ANY LAW, STATUTE, OR REGULATION, EMERGENCY OR OTHERWISE, NOW OR HEREAFTER IN EFFECT.

 

62. Execution .

 

62.1 Counterparts . This Lease and any documents or addenda attached hereto (collectively, the “ Documents ”) may be executed in two or more counterpart copies, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall have the same force and effect as if the parties had executed a single copy of the Document.

 

62.2 electronic signatures . Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to insert the name of the person executing a Document on behalf of Landlord in Landlord’s signature block using an electronic signature (an “ Electronic Signature ”), and in this event the Document delivered to Tenant will not include an original ink signature and Landlord shall have no obligation to provide a copy of such Document to Tenant with Landlord’s original ink signature. A Document delivered to Tenant by Landlord with an Electronic Signature shall be binding on Landlord as if the Document had been originally executed by Landlord with an ink signature. Without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, Tenant shall not have the right to insert the name of the person executing the Document on behalf of Tenant using an Electronic Signature and all Documents shall be originally executed by Tenant using an ink signature.

 

62.3 electronic format . A Document executed by Landlord or Tenant and delivered to the other party in PDF, facsimile or similar electronic format (collectively, “ Electronic Format ”) shall be binding on the party delivering the executed Document with the same force and effect as the delivery of a printed copy of the Document with an original ink signature. At any time upon Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a printed copy of the Document with an original ink signature.

 

62.4 generally . This Section describes the only ways in which Documents may be executed and delivered by the parties. An email from Landlord, its agents, brokers, attorneys, employees or other representatives shall never constitute Landlord’s Electronic Signature or be otherwise binding on Landlord. Subject to the limitations set forth above, the parties agree that a Document executed using an Electronic Signature and/or delivered in Electronic Format may be introduced into evidence in a proceeding arising out of or related to the Document as if it was a printed copy of the Document executed by the parties with original ink signatures. Landlord shall have no obligation to retain copies of Documents with original ink signatures, and Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to elect to discard originals and to retain only copies of Documents in Electronic Format.

 

LANDLORD AND TENANT ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN AND, BY EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE, SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO HAVE THIS LEASE REVIEWED BY ITS LEGAL COUNSEL PRIOR TO ITS EXECUTION. PREPARATION OF THIS LEASE BY LANDLORD OR LANDLORD'S AGENT AND SUBMISSION OF SAME TO TENANT SHALL NOT BE DEEMED AN OFFER BY LANDLORD TO LEASE THE PREMISES TO TENANT OR THE GRANT OF AN OPTION TO TENANT TO LEASE THE PREMISES. THIS LEASE SHALL BECOME BINDING UPON LANDLORD ONLY WHEN FULLY EXECUTED BY BOTH PARTIES AND WHEN LANDLORD HAS DELIVERED A FULLY EXECUTED ORIGINAL OF THIS LEASE TO TENANT. THE DELIVERY OF A DRAFT OF THIS LEASE TO TENANT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN AGREEMENT BY LANDLORD TO NEGOTIATE IN GOOD FAITH, AND LANDLORD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LEGAL OBLIGATION TO NEGOTIATE IN GOOD FAITH.

 

[Remainder of this page left intentionally blank.]

 

  26  
 

 

LANDLORD:

 

The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

By: Realty Associates Fund VIII LLC  
  a Massachusetts limited liability company, General Partner  
         
  By: TA Realty, LLC,  
    a Massachusetts limited liability company, Manager  
         
    By:    
      Officer  

 

TENANT:

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

a Delaware corporation

 

By:    
     
     
  (print name)  
     
Its:    
  (print title)  
     
By:    
     
     
  (print name)  
     
Its:    
  (print title)  

 

  27  
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

PREMISES

 

Exhibit A is intended only to show the general layout of the Premises, and shall not be interpreted to increase or decrease the size of the Premises beyond the number of leasable square feet set forth in Section 1.5. Exhibit A is not to be scaled and any measurements or distances shown on Exhibit A are approximates only.

 

 

 

  28  
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

VERIFICATION LETTER

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY, a Delaware corporation ("Tenant”), hereby certifies that it has entered into a lease with The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Landlord"), and verifies the following information as of the ____ day of ______________, 20 :

 

 

Address of Premises:   9480 Telstar Ave., Suite 5 , El Monte, CA 91731
     
Leasable Area of Premises:   7,139 S.F.
     
Commencement Date:    
     
Lease Termination Date:    
     
Tenant's Percentage Share:   25.40%
     
Initial Base Rent:   $6,782.05
     
Billing Address for Tenant:   Same as above
     
     
     
Attention:    
     
Telephone Number:    
     
Federal Tax ID No.:    

 

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all tenant improvements Landlord is obligated to make to the Premises, if any, have been completed to Tenant's satisfaction, that Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises, and that as of the date hereof there exist no offsets or defenses to the obligations of Tenant under the Lease.

 

TENANT:

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

a Delaware corporation

 

By:    
     
     
  (print name)  
     
Its:    
  (print title)  
     
By:    
     
     
  (print name)  
     
Its:    
  (print title)  

 

  29  
 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

GENERAL RULES

 

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations:

 

1. Tenant shall not alter any locks or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord's prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant.

 

2. Access to the Project may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously received authorization for access to the Project. Landlord and its agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Project of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

 

3. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters' Laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors of Tenant, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations; and provided further that such cooking does not result in odors escaping from the Premises.

 

4. No boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed without the consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, satellite dish, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building. Tenant shall not interfere with broadcasting or reception from or in the Project or elsewhere.

 

5. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

 

6. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises or in other locations approved by Landlord, in Landlord's sole discretion. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash in the vicinity of the Project without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal.

 

7. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

 

PARKING RULES

 

1. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant's employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities and at times approved by Landlord. Users of the parking area will obey all posted signs and park only in the areas designated for vehicle parking. Tenant and its customers, employees, shippers and invitees shall comply with all rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time relating to truck parking and/or truck loading and unloading.

 

2. Landlord reserves the right to relocate all or a part of parking spaces within the parking area. If access to the parking areas are not now controlled with gates or similar devices, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to install gates or other devices to control access to the parking areas, and Tenant shall comply with all of Landlord’s rules and regulations relating to access to the parking areas.

 

3. Landlord will not be responsible for any damage to vehicles, injury to persons or loss of property, all of which risks are assumed by the party using the parking area.

 

4. The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the parking area or Common Areas is prohibited.

 

5. Tenant shall be responsible for seeing that all of its employees, agents, contractors and invitees comply with the applicable parking rules, regulations, laws and agreements.

 

6. At Landlord's request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a list which includes the name of each person using the parking facilities based on Tenant's parking rights under this Lease and the license plate number of the vehicle being used by that person. Tenant shall provide Landlord with an updated list within five (5) days after any part of the list becomes inaccurate.

 

  30  
 

 

ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATIONS

 

1. If, and only if, Section 1952.7 of the California Civil Code (“ Section 1952.7 ”) applies to the Building’s parking area where Tenant’s parking spaces are located and gives Tenant the legal right to install electric vehicle charging stations (“ Tenant Charging Stations ”), Tenant shall have the right to install Tenant Charging Stations in its parking spaces subject to all of the following terms and conditions and Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that all of the following terms and conditions are reasonable restrictions on the installation of the Tenant Charging Stations:

 

(a) Prior to installing, modifying, replacing or removing any Charging Station Improvements (as defined below) Tenant shall obtain the prior written approval of Landlord. For purposes of this Section, “ Charging Station Improvements ” shall mean the Tenant Charging Stations, the Charging Station Parking Spaces (as defined below), all other improvements or alterations made to the Project as part of the installation of the Tenant Charging Stations or any modifications to any of the foregoing. Landlord shall provide its written approval or disapproval of Tenant’s request to install or modify the Charging Station Improvements within thirty (30) days after Landlord has received the Charging Station Plans (as defined below). Nothing contained in this Section shall be interpreted as granting Tenant the right to alter any aspect of the parking spaces including, but not limited to, the size or location of parking spaces, and Tenant shall not have the right to alter the parking spaces at the Project.

 

(b) Tenant may install the greater of the following number of Tenant Charging Stations: (i) one (1) and (ii) the number derived by dividing the rentable area of the Premises by 12,500 and rounding the resulting quotient to the nearest whole number; provided, however, in no event shall Tenant be permitted to install more Tenant Charging Stations than the lesser of the number of parking spaces (A) it is entitled to use pursuant to Section 1.15 of the Lease and (B) that are permitted by Section 1952.7. To the extent Section 1952.7 permits Tenant to install without Landlord’s approval a greater number of Tenant Charging Stations than provided above, Tenant shall be entitled to install the smallest number of Tenant Charging Stations it is permitted to install without Landlord’s approval by Section 1952.7. The parking spaces used when vehicles are being charged at the Tenant Charging Stations are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Charging Station Parking Spaces ”. Charging Station Parking Spaces shall be included in the number of parking spaces Tenant is entitled to use pursuant to Section 1.15 of the Lease.

 

(c) Landlord may determine the location of the Tenant Charging Stations, the Charging Station Parking Spaces and the other Charging Station Improvements in its sole discretion provided that they are located in the Building’s and/or Project’s parking area.

 

(d) In addition to all other amounts payable by Tenant pursuant to this Section and the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its prevailing reserved parking charge for each Charging Station Parking Space, as such rate is increased by Landlord from time to time (the “ Parking Charges ”); provided, however, if Landlord does not have a standard reserved parking rate the Parking Charges shall be a monthly rental amount determined by Landlord. The Parking Charges shall be due and payable on the first day of each calendar month and shall constitute additional rent.

 

(e) The Charging Station Improvements shall comply with all Federal, State and local laws and regulations and all covenants, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Project including, but not limited to, applicable health, safety, zoning and land use laws (collectively, “ Applicable Requirements ”).

 

(f) At Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Tenant may place a sign in front of each Charging Station Parking Space stating that the Charging Station Parking Space is reserved for use by Tenant (the “ Charging Station Signs ”). Landlord shall have the right to approve in its sole discretion the size, content, color, design, materials and method of attachment of the Charging Station Signs. The Charging Station Signs shall be maintained by Tenant in good condition and repair at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

(g) The Tenant Charging Stations may only be used by Tenant’s employees while working at the Premises, no other person or entity shall have the right to use the Tenant Charging Stations, and Tenant shall not permit any other person or entity to use the Tenant Charging Stations. Landlord shall not be responsible for the security or use of the Tenant Charging Stations or for preventing other persons or entities from using the Tenant Charging Stations or from parking in the Charging Station Parking Spaces.

 

(h) Tenant shall pay, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any cost or expense related directly or indirectly to the existence of the Charging Station Improvements, including, but not limited to, all costs associated with the ownership, design, purchase, installation, maintenance, repair, operation and removal of the Charging Station Improvements (collectively, “ Charging Station Expenses ”). Landlord shall have no obligation to pay any Charging Station Expense. If Tenant fails to pay any Charging Station Expense or if Tenant fails to perform any obligation it has under this Section (collectively, a “ Tenant Obligation ”), Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to complete the Tenant Obligation (e.g., by paying the Charging Station Expense or performing the Tenant obligation), and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs incurred by Landlord plus and amount equal to ten percent (10%) of such costs within ten (10) days after written demand.

 

  31  
 

 

(i) At all times Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, maintain the Charging Station Improvements in good condition and repair and in compliance with all Applicable Requirements. Tenant shall keep the area around the Tenant Charging Stations and the Charging Station Parking Spaces in neat and clean condition, at Tenant’s sole expense.

 

(j) Tenant shall employ qualified engineers and architects approved by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, to prepare detailed plans and specifications for the installation and any subsequent modification of the Charging Station Improvements (the “ Charging Station Plans ”). Landlord shall have the right to approve the Charging Station Plans including, but not limited to, the type and size of the charging stations Tenant desires to install and all electrical infrastructure. Once Landlord has approved the Charging Station Plans, Tenant shall obtain all required permits and other governmental approvals needed in order to install or modify the Charging Station Improvements pursuant to the approved Charging Station Plans, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall provide copies of the permits to Landlord prior to commencing the construction or modification of the Charging Station Improvements. Landlord shall have the right to approve in its sole discretion any conditions imposed by applicable governmental agencies on the installation or modification of the Charging Station Improvements. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to approve in its sole discretion the methods and procedures used to complete any trenching, landscaping repairs and/or asphalt and concrete repairs.

 

(k) Landlord shall have the right to approve in advance the contractors (the “ Contractors ”) used by Tenant to construct, install and/or modify the Charging Station Improvements, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion; provided, however, any work on the Project’s electrical systems, plumbing systems, life/fire/safety systems, any modifications to concreate or asphalt areas or any modifications to landscaped areas shall be performed by contractors designated by Landlord. The Contractors shall carry worker's compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry public liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to Landlord before the commencement of the construction or modification of the Charging Station Improvements. All such policies of insurance shall name Landlord and its property manager as an additional insured. Prior to commencing construction or modification of the Charging Station Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of the final contract entered into with each Contactor.

 

(l) The Contractors shall comply with Landlord’s construction rules and procedures (the “ Construction Procedures ”), and if any Contractor fails to comply with the Construction Procedures after Landlord has provided the Contractor with written notice of its non-compliance, Landlord shall have the right to prohibit such Contractor from performing any further work at the Project, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant do to such prohibition. Tenant and the Contractors shall not have the right, at any time, to disrupt any Building or Project service (e.g., electrical, plumbing etc.) to the Common Areas or to another tenant's premises or to interfere with the use of the Project’s parking area. Tenant and the Contractors shall not store construction materials at the Project and the Contractors shall not dispose of their refuse or construction materials in the Project's trash receptacles. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of repairing any damage to the Project caused by the construction or modification of the Charging Station Improvements, plus an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of such cost, within ten (10) days after written request by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to inspect the Charging Station Improvements at all times. Landlord shall have the right to receive a fee to reimburse it for its costs in providing approvals hereunder and in monitoring the construction or modification of the Charging Station Improvements in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the total cost of constructing, installing and/or modifying the Charging Station Improvements (the " Charging Station Landlord Fee "). Tenant shall pay the Charging Station Landlord Fee to Landlord within ten (10) days after written demand.

 

(m) All electricity used by the Tenant Charging Stations shall be paid by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The electricity used by the Tenant Charging Stations shall be separately metered by the applicable public utility and Tenant shall pay the electricity charges directly to the applicable public utility. All costs associated with metering the electricity used by the Tenant Charging Stations, bringing electricity to the Tenant Charging Stations (e.g., the cost of metering devices, the cost of modifications to the Project’s electrical system, the cost of bringing electrical lines to the Tenant Charging Stations etc.) and all design and construction costs associated with bringing electricity to the Tenant Charging Stations shall be paid by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall determine in its sole discretion what electrical improvements need to be made to bring the electricity to the Tenant Charging Stations, and where such electrical improvements will be located, and all such electrical improvements shall be included in the Charging Station Plans.

 

(n) Upon the termination of the Lease or upon Tenant’s election to no longer use the Tenant Charging Stations, Tenant shall remove the Charging Station Improvements and shall return the Project to the condition it was in prior to the installation of the Charging Station Improvements, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. At Landlord’s option, Landlord may require Tenant to leave some or all of the Charging Station Improvements in place upon the termination of the Lease or upon Tenant’s election to no longer use the Tenant Charging Stations, and in this event, the Charging Station Improvements left by Tenant shall be the property of Landlord. At Landlord’s option, Tenant shall execute a bill of sale confirming that it has conveyed title to the Charging Station Improvements to Landlord free of all liens and encumbrances within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request.

 

(o) Prior to and as condition to Tenant’s right to install Tenant Charging Stations, Landlord may require Tenant to provide to Landlord an additional security deposit in an amount equal to Landlord’s estimate of the cost of removing the Charging Station Improvements and returning the Project to the condition it was in prior to the installation of the Charging Station Improvements (the “ Charging Station Deposit ”). The Charging Station Deposit shall be held by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 7 of the Lease, and shall be paid by Tenant in addition to any other security deposit required by Landlord.

 

  32  
 

 

(p) The Charging Station Improvements shall be considered a use of the Premises pursuant to Section 19 of the Lease, and pursuant to Section 19 Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties (as defined in Section 19) from any Damages (as defined in Section 19) arising out of or in any way related to the installation, use, repair, maintenance and removal of the Charging Station Improvements. The insurance purchased by Tenant pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Lease shall apply to the Charging Station Improvements, and within fourteen (14) days after Landlord approves the installation of the Tenant Charging Stations Tenant shall provide Landlord with a certificates of insurance meeting the requirements of Section 10.3 of the Lease showing that the insurance described above is in place with respect to the Charging Station Improvements.

 

(q) Landlord shall have the right at any time, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to elect to relocate some or all of the Charging Station Improvements to another area of the Project (a “ Relocation ”). In the event of a Relocation, Landlord shall pay for the cost of the Relocation at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. After the Relocation, all of the terms and conditions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Charging Station Improvements.

 

(r) If as a result of the construction or the existence of the Charging Station Improvements, Landlord is obligated to comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act or any other law or regulation and such compliance requires Landlord to make any improvements or alterations to any portion of the Project (an “ Additional Alteration ”), Landlord shall have the right to make the Additional Alteration and in this event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of the Additional Alteration plus ten percent (10%) of the cost of the Additional Alteration within ten (10) days after written demand.

 

(s) At Landlord’s option and in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights under this Section, Landlord may require Tenant to comply with some or all of the items described on the “Permitting Checklist” of the “Zero-Emission Vehicles in California: Community Readiness Guidebook” referred to in Section 1952.7, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

(t) If any provision of this Section is determined to conflict with the requirements of Section 1952.7, the provision shall be modified to the least extent possible to comply with the requirements of Section 1952.7 and except as modified such provision shall remain in full force and effect.

 

GENERALLY

 

Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord's judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

  33  
 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

Form of HazMat Certificate

 

General Information

 

Name of Responding Company: _______________________________________________________________________

 

Mailing Address: __________________________________________________________________________________

 

Signature: _______________________________________________________________________________________

 

Title: __________________________________                             Phone:  _______________________________________

 

Date: _________________________ Age of Facility: _____________________ Length of Occupancy: ______________

 

Major products manufactured and/or activities conducted on the property: ______________________________________

 

________________________________________________________________________________________________ 

________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Type of Business Activity(ies) :   Hazardous Materials Activities :
(check all that apply)   (check all that apply)
     
_________  machine shop   _________  degreasing – chlorinated solvent? _____Y _____ N
_________  light assembly   _________  chemical/etching/milling
_________  research and development   _________  wastewater treatment
_________  product service or repair   _________  painting
_________  photo processing   _________  striping
_________  automotive service and repair   _________  cleaning
_________  manufacturing   _________  printing. Water based? _____ Y _____ N
_________  warehouse   _________  analytical lab
_________  integrated/printed circuit   _________  plating
_________  chemical/pharmaceutical product   _________  chemical/missing/synthesis
    _________  silkscreen
    _________  lathe/mill machining
    _________  deionizer water product
    _________  photo masking
    _________  wave solder
    _________  metal finishing

 

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS/WASTE HANDLING AND STORAGE

 

A. Are hazardous materials handled on any of your shipping and receiving docks in container quantities greater than one gallon? _____ Yes    _____ No

 

B. If Hazardous materials or waste are stored on the premises, please check off the nature of the storage and type(s) of materials below:

 

Types of Storage Container   Type of Hazardous Materials and/or Waste Stored
(list above-ground storage only)    
     
_________ 1 gallon or 3 liter bottles/cans   _________ acid
_________ 5 to 30 gallon carboys   _________ phenol
_________ 55 gallon drums   _________ caustic/alkaline cleaner
_________ tanks   _________ cyanide
    _________ photo resist stripper
    _________ paint
    _________ flammable solvent
    _________ gasoline/diesel fuel
    _________ chlorinated solvent
    _________ oil/cutting fluid

 

  34  
 

 

Are the hazardous materials being used/mixed on site or just stored for distribution? _______________________________

 

If drums or tanks are used specify what materials are stored in the 55-gallon drums or tanks __________________________

  _______________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

If chlorinated solvents are used please specify which chlorinated solvents are used, how they are used and in what volumes

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

C. Do you accumulate hazardous waste onsite? _____ Yes _____ No

 

If yes, how is it being handled?

 

_________ on-site treatment or recovery

_________ discharged to sewer

_________ hauled offsite If hauled offsite, by whom

_________ incineration

 

D. Indicate your hazardous waste storage status:

_________ generator ________ SQG _________ LQG

_________ interim status facility

_________ permitted TSDF

_________ none of the above

 

WASTEWATER TREATMENT/DISCHARGE

 

A. Do you discharge industrial wastewater to:  

 

_________ sewer

_________ storm drain

_________ surface water

_________ no industrial discharge

 

B. Is your industrial wastewater treated before discharge?                                  _____ Yes _____ No

 

If yes, what type of treatment is being conducted?    

 

_________ neutralization

_________ metal hydroxide formation

_________ losed-loop treatment

_________ cyanide destruct

_________ HF treatment

_________ other

 

C. Do you have an oil/water separator or clarifier?                                                _____ Yes _____ No

 

SUBSURFACE CONTAINMENT OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS/WASTES

 

A. Are buried tanks/sumps being used for any of the following:

 

_________ hazardous waste storage

_________ chemical storage

_________ gasoline/diesel fuel storage

_________ waste treatment

_________ wastewater neutralization

_________ industrial wastewater treatment

_________ none of the above

 

  35  
 

 

B. If buried tanks are located onsite, indicate their construction:

 

_________ steel                                           _________ fiberglass                          _________ concrete

_________ inside open vault                             _________ double walled

 

C. Are hazardous materials or untreated industrial wastewater transported via buried piping to tanks, process areas or treatment areas? _________ Yes _________ No

 

D. Do you have wet floors in your process areas? _________ Yes _________ No

 

If yes, name processes: ____________________________________________________

 

E. Are abandoned underground tanks or sumps located on the property? _________ Yes _________No

 

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SPILLS

 

A. Have hazardous materials ever spilled to:

 

_________ the sewer

_________ the storm drain

_________ onto the property

_________ no spills have occurred

 

B. Have you experienced any leaking underground tanks or sumps? _________ Yes _________ No

 

C. If spills have occurred, were they reported? _________ Yes _________ No

 

Check which the government agencies that you contacted regarding the spill(s):

 

_________ Department of Health Services

_________ Department of Fish and Game

_________ Environmental Protection Agency

_________ Regional Water Quality Control Board

_________ Fire Department

 

D. Have you been contacted by a government agency regarding soil or groundwater contamination on your site?

 

_________ Yes _________ No

 

Do you have exploratory or monitoring wells onsite? _________ Yes _________ No

 

If yes, indicate the following:

 

Number of wells: _________           Approximate depth of wells: _________          Well diameters:_________

 

PLEASE ATTACH ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY PERMITS, AGENCY REPORTS THAT APPLY TO YOUR OPERATION AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANIFESTS.

 

Check off those enclosed:

 

_________ Hazardous Materials Inventory Statement, HMIS

_________ Hazardous Materials Management Plan, HMMP

_________ Regulatory Agency , Facility Inspection Report

_________ Underground Tank Registrations

_________ Industrial Wastewater Discharge Permit

_________ Hazardous Waste Manifest

 

  36  
 

 

Exhibit E

 

Addendum to Standard Industrial Lease (the "Lease")

Between The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L. P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Landlord") and
REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY, a Delaware corporation ("Tenant")

 

It is hereby agreed by Landlord and Tenant that the provisions of this Addendum are a part of the Lease. If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Lease, the terms and conditions of this Addendum shall control. Capitalized terms in this Addendum shall have the same meaning as capitalized terms in the Lease, and, if a Work Letter Agreement is attached to this Lease, as those terms have been defined in the Work Letter Agreement.

 

1. Rent Abatement. Landlord hereby agrees to conditionally waive the Monthly Base Rent due for the Second (2 nd ) month of the initial Lease term. No amounts due to Landlord under the Lease other than the Base Rent referred to above shall be conditionally waived. In the event Tenant commits a default as defined in the Lease, Base Rent coming due thereafter shall not be waived, and all Base Rent that Landlord conditionally waived in the past shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant to Landlord without notice or demand from Landlord. If the Lease expires in accordance with its terms, and does not terminate as a result of a default by Tenant, Landlord agrees to permanently waive the Base Rent it has conditionally waived.

 

2. Tenant Improvement . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant an “Improvement Allowance” of seven thousand one hundred thirty nine and 00/100 dollars ($7,139.00), which Improvement Allowance shall be used only for improvements to the interior of the Premises (the “Improvements”). Improvements shall be made in accordance with paragraph 13. of the Lease. Tenant shall have the right to apply said Allowance toward the costs associated with all design, permitting and construction fees associated with improvements. Said Allowance shall be available to Tenant through December 31, 2017. All Tenant Improvements to be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. Landlord to reimburse Tenant for the actual out-of-pocket costs it pays to unrelated third parties for the initial design, installation and construction of the improvements. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements which exceed the improvement Allowance. Prior to Landlord making a disbursement, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (A) a request for payment, approved by Tenant, in a form which is reasonably acceptable to Landlord which shows the percentage of completion by trade of the Improvements; (B) paid invoices from all of Tenant’s Agents (as defined below), for labor rendered and materials delivered with respect to such payment request in an amount not less than the amount of the Improvement Allowance Tenant has requested be reimbursed; Within thirty (30) days after Landlord has received all of this information, Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant in an amount equal to the actual monies paid by Tenant to Tenant’s Agents with respect to such payment request.

 

[Remainder of this page left intentionally blank.]

 

  37  
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have respectively executed this Addendum.

 

LANDLORD:

 

The Realty Associates Fund VIII, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

By: Realty Associates Fund VIII LLC  
  a Massachusetts limited liability company, General Partner  
         
  By: TA Realty, LLC,  
    a Massachusetts limited liability company, Manager  
         
    By:    
      Officer  

 

TENANT:

 

REVIV3 PROCARE COMPANY

a Delaware corporation

 

By:    
     
     
  (print name)  
     
Its:    
  (print title)  
     
By:    
     
     
  (print name)  
     
Its:    
  (print title)  

 

38

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We hereby consent to the use of our report dated October 6, 2017, on the financial statements of Reviv3 Procare Company as of May 31, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the two years in the period ended May 31, 2017, included herein on the registration statement of Reviv3 Procare Company on Form S-1/A, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ Salberg & Company, P.A.  
   

SALBERG & COMPANY, P.A.

Boca Raton, Florida

November 17, 2017